epdf pub glencoe-language-arts-grammar-and-language-workboo - Informática (2024)

Prévia do material em texto

<p>GLENCOE LANGUAGE ARTS</p><p>Grammar</p><p>and Language</p><p>Workbook</p><p>GRADE 11</p><p>Copyright © by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Except as permitted under the United States</p><p>Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or means, or stored in</p><p>a database or retrieval system, without the prior written permission of the publisher.</p><p>Send all inquiries to:</p><p>Glencoe/McGraw-Hill</p><p>936 Eastwind Drive</p><p>Westerville, Ohio 43081</p><p>ISBN 0-02-818303-7</p><p>Printed in the United States of America</p><p>1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 047 03 02 01 00 99</p><p>Glencoe/McGraw-Hill</p><p>Handbook of Definitions and Rules .........................1</p><p>Troubleshooter ........................................................21</p><p>Part 1 Grammar ......................................................45</p><p>Unit 1 Parts of Speech</p><p>1.1 Nouns: Concrete and Abstract ....................47</p><p>1.2 Nouns: Proper, Common,</p><p>and Collective..............................................49</p><p>1.3 Pronouns: Personal, Possessive, Reflexive,</p><p>and Intensive ...............................................51</p><p>1.4 Pronouns: Demonstrative, Interrogative,</p><p>Relative, and Indefinite...............................53</p><p>1.5 Verbs: Action...............................................55</p><p>1.6 Verbs: Linking .............................................57</p><p>1.7 Verb Phrases ................................................59</p><p>1.8 Adjectives ....................................................61</p><p>1.9 Adverbs........................................................63</p><p>1.10 Prepositions.................................................65</p><p>1.11 Conjunctions: Coordinating, Correlative,</p><p>and Subordinating.......................................67</p><p>1.12 Conjunctive Adverbs and Interjections......69</p><p>Unit 1 Review ..........................................................71</p><p>Cumulative Review Unit 1 ......................................72</p><p>Unit 2 Parts of the Sentence</p><p>2.13 Subjects and Predicates ..............................73</p><p>2.14 Compound Subjects and Predicates ...........75</p><p>2.15 Order of Subject and Predicate...................77</p><p>2.16 Direct and Indirect Objects .........................79</p><p>2.17 Object and Subject Complements...............81</p><p>Unit 2 Review ..........................................................83</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–2................................84</p><p>Unit 3 Phrases</p><p>3.18 Prepositional Phrases..................................85</p><p>3.19 Participles, Participial Phrases,</p><p>and Absolute Phrases..................................87</p><p>3.20 Gerunds and Gerund Phrases; Appositives</p><p>and Appositive Phrases ..............................89</p><p>3.21 Infinitives and Infinitive Phrases ...............91</p><p>3.22 Distinguishing Participial, Gerund, and</p><p>Infinitive Phrases ........................................93</p><p>Unit 3 Review ..........................................................95</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–3................................96</p><p>Unit 4 Clauses and Sentence Structure</p><p>4.23 Main and Subordinate Clauses...................97</p><p>4.24 Simple and Compound Sentences .............99</p><p>4.25 Complex and Compound-Complex</p><p>Sentences...................................................101</p><p>4.26 Adjective Clauses ......................................103</p><p>4.27 Adverb Clauses..........................................105</p><p>4.28 Noun Clauses.............................................107</p><p>4.29 Kinds of Sentences....................................109</p><p>4.30 Sentence Fragments ..................................111</p><p>4.31 Run-on Sentences......................................113</p><p>Unit 4 Review ........................................................115</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–4 .............................116</p><p>Unit 5 Diagraming Sentences</p><p>5.32 Diagraming Simple Sentences ..................119</p><p>5.33 Diagraming Simple Sentences</p><p>with Phrases ..............................................121</p><p>5.34 Diagraming Sentences with Clauses.........123</p><p>Unit 5 Review ........................................................127</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–5..............................128</p><p>Unit 6 Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood</p><p>6.35 Regular Verbs: Principal Parts ..................131</p><p>6.36 Irregular Verbs: Principal Parts ................133</p><p>6.37 Tense of Verbs: Present, Past,</p><p>and Future .................................................135</p><p>6.38 Perfect Tenses: Present, Past,</p><p>and Future .................................................137</p><p>6.39 Tense of Verbs ..........................................139</p><p>6.40 Verbs: Progressive</p><p>and Emphatic Forms .................................141</p><p>6.41 Verbs: Compatibility of Tenses.................143</p><p>6.42 Voice of Verbs ...........................................145</p><p>6.43 Mood of Verbs ...........................................147</p><p>Unit 6 Review ........................................................149</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–6 .............................150</p><p>Unit 7 Subject-Verb Agreement</p><p>7.44 Subject-Verb Agreement ...........................153</p><p>7.45 Intervening Prepositional Phrases............155</p><p>7.46 Agreement with Linking Verbs.................157</p><p>7.47 Agreement in Inverted Sentences.............159</p><p>7.48 Agreement with Special Subjects.............161</p><p>7.49 Agreement with Compound Subjects.......163</p><p>7.50 Intervening Expressions............................165</p><p>7.51 Indefinite Pronouns as Subjects ...............167</p><p>7.52 Agreement in Adjective Clauses...............169</p><p>Unit 7 Review ........................................................171</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–7..............................172</p><p>Unit 8 Using Pronouns Correctly</p><p>8.53 Case of Personal Pronouns .......................175</p><p>8.54 Pronouns with and as Appositives;</p><p>After Than and As.....................................177</p><p>8.55 Reflexive and Intensive Pronouns............179</p><p>8.56 Who and Whom in Questions and</p><p>Subordinate Clauses..................................181</p><p>8.57 Agreement in Number and Gender</p><p>and with Collective Nouns .......................183</p><p>8.58 Agreement in Person.................................185</p><p>8.59 Agreement with Indefinite Pronoun</p><p>Antecedents...............................................187</p><p>8.60 Clear Pronoun Reference ..........................189</p><p>Unit 8 Review ........................................................191</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–8..............................192</p><p>Unit 9 Using Modifiers Correctly</p><p>9.61 Modifiers: Three Degrees of</p><p>Comparison ...............................................195</p><p>9.62 Modifiers: Irregular Comparisons.............197</p><p>Table of Contents iii</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Contents</p><p>9.63 Modifiers: Double and Incomplete</p><p>Comparisons..............................................199</p><p>9.64 Using Good or Well; Bad or Badly............201</p><p>9.65 Double Negatives.......................................203</p><p>9.66 Misplaced and Dangling Modifiers ..........207</p><p>Unit 9 Review ........................................................211</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–9..............................212</p><p>Part 2 Usage...........................................................215</p><p>Unit 10 Usage Glossary</p><p>10.67 Usage: a to altogether ................................217</p><p>10.68 Usage: allusion to would of.......................219</p><p>10.69 Usage: different from to regardless...........221</p><p>10.70 Usage: this kind to reason is because.......223</p><p>10.71 Usage: respectfully to whom .....................225</p><p>Unit 10 Review ......................................................227</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–10 ...........................228</p><p>Part 3 Mechanics...................................................231</p><p>Unit 11 Capitalization</p><p>11.72 Capitalization of Sentences</p><p>and the Pronoun I......................................233</p><p>11.73 Capitalization of Proper Nouns ................235</p><p>11.74 Capitalization of Proper Adjectives..........237</p><p>Unit 11 Review ......................................................239</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–11 ...........................240</p><p>Unit 12 Punctuation, Abbreviations, and Numbers</p><p>with the predicate nominative.</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>A subject following the verb</p><p>agr On the sun deck there was several chairs and a table.</p><p>agr Here comes the rain clouds and the heavy, slanting rain.</p><p>Troubleshooter 27</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>On the sun deck there were several chairs and a table.</p><p>Here come the rain clouds and the heavy, slanting rain.</p><p>Look for the subject after the verb in an inverted sentence. Make sure</p><p>that the verb agrees with the subject.</p><p>PROBLEM 4</p><p>Collective nouns as subjects</p><p>agr The crowd really like the music, doesn’t it?</p><p>agr Margaret’s company arrives tomorrow by bus and by train.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>The crowd really likes the music, doesn’t it?</p><p>Use a singular verb if the collective noun refers to a group as a whole.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Margaret’s company arrive tomorrow by bus and by train.</p><p>Use a plural verb if the collective noun refers to each member of a group</p><p>individually.</p><p>PROBLEM 5</p><p>A noun of amount as the subject</p><p>agr The past two days seems like a week.</p><p>agr One thousand millimeters equal a meter.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The past two days seem like a week.</p><p>One thousand millimeters equals a meter.</p><p>A noun of amount that refers to one unit is singular. A noun of amount</p><p>that refers to a number of individual units is plural.</p><p>28 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 6</p><p>Compound subject joined by and</p><p>agr A clear day and a light breeze brightens a summer afternoon.</p><p>agr Pop and pizza are a common meal.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>A clear day and a light breeze brighten a summer afternoon.</p><p>Use a plural verb if the parts of the compound subject do not belong to</p><p>one unit or if they refer to different people or things.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Pop and pizza is a common meal.</p><p>Use a singular verb if the parts of the compound subject belong to one</p><p>unit or if they refer to the same person or thing.</p><p>PROBLEM 7</p><p>Compound subject joined by or or nor</p><p>agr Neither Yuri nor Sarah like the menu.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Neither Yuri nor Sarah likes the menu.</p><p>Make your verb agree with the subject closer to it.</p><p>PROBLEM 8</p><p>Compound subject preceded by many a, every, or each</p><p>agr Many a brush and tube of paint were scattered around the studio.</p><p>Troubleshooter 29</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Many a brush and tube of paint was scattered across the studio.</p><p>The subject is considered singular when many a, each, or every</p><p>precedes a compound subject.</p><p>PROBLEM 9</p><p>Subjects separated from the verb by an intervening expression</p><p>agr Jamal’s new sculpture, in addition to his other recent works, reflect</p><p>his abiding love of nature.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Jamal’s new sculpture, in addition to his other recent works, reflects</p><p>his abiding love of nature.</p><p>Expressions that begin with as well as, in addition to, and together with,</p><p>do not change the number of the subject. Make the verb agree with its</p><p>subject, not with the intervening expression.</p><p>PROBLEM 10</p><p>Indefinite pronouns as subjects</p><p>agr Each of the trees along the old canal have different colors in the fall.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Each of the trees along the old canal has different colors in the fall.</p><p>Some indefinite pronouns are singular, some are plural, and some can</p><p>be either singular or plural depending on the noun they refer to.</p><p>(A list of indefinite pronouns is on page 54.)</p><p>More help with subject-verb</p><p>agreement is available in</p><p>Lessons 44–51.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Lack of Agreement Between Pronoun and Antecedent</p><p>30 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>A singular antecedent that can be either male or female</p><p>ant A great coach inspires his athletes to be their best on or off the field.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>A great coach inspires his or her athletes to be their best on or off the</p><p>field.</p><p>Use he or she, him or her, and so on, to reword the sentence.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Great coaches inspire their athletes to be their best on or off the field.</p><p>Make both the antecedent and the pronoun plural.</p><p>SOLUTION C</p><p>Great coaches inspire athletes to be their best on or off the field.</p><p>Eliminate the pronoun.</p><p>Traditionally, masculine pronouns referred to antecedents that</p><p>might have been either male or female.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>A second-person pronoun that refers to a third-person antecedent</p><p>ant Mary and Jodi prefer the new bridle trail because you get long</p><p>stretches for galloping.</p><p>Do not use the second-person pronoun you to refer to an antecedent</p><p>in the third person.</p><p>Troubleshooter 31</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>Mary and Jodi prefer the new bridle trail because they get long</p><p>stretches for galloping.</p><p>Replace you with the appropriate third-person pronoun.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Mary and Jodi prefer the new bridle trail because the horses have</p><p>long stretches for galloping.</p><p>Replace you with an appropriate noun.</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Singular indefinite pronouns as antecedents</p><p>ant Each of the women in the boat received a rowing medal for their</p><p>victory.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Each of the women in the boat received a rowing medal for her</p><p>victory.</p><p>Determine whether the antecedent is singular or plural, and make the</p><p>personal pronoun agree with it.</p><p>More help with pronoun-antecedent</p><p>agreement is available in Lessons 57–59.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Unclear Pronoun References</p><p>32 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Unclear antecedent</p><p>ref The wind was fair and the water calm, and that made sailing across</p><p>the bay an absolute pleasure.</p><p>ref The traffic was snarled, which was caused by an accident.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>The wind was fair and the water calm, and those conditions made</p><p>sailing across the bay an absolute pleasure.</p><p>Substitute a noun for the pronoun.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>The traffic was snarled in a massive tie-up, which was caused by an</p><p>accident.</p><p>Rewrite the sentence, adding a clear antecedent for the pronoun.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>A pronoun that refers to more than one antecedent</p><p>ref The team captain told Karen to take her guard position.</p><p>ref The buses came early for the students, but they were not ready.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>The team captain told Karen to take the captain’s guard position.</p><p>Substitute a noun for the pronoun.</p><p>Troubleshooter 33</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Because the buses came early, the students were not ready.</p><p>Rewrite the sentence, eliminating the pronoun.</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Indefinite uses of you or they</p><p>ref In those hills you rarely see mountain lions.</p><p>ref In some movies they have too much violence.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>In those hills hikers rarely see mountain lions.</p><p>Substitute a noun for the pronoun.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Some movies have too much violence.</p><p>Eliminate the pronoun entirely.</p><p>More help in making clear</p><p>pronoun references is available</p><p>in Lesson 60.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Shifts in Pronouns</p><p>34 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Incorrect shift in person between two pronouns</p><p>pro They went to the stadium for the game, but you could not find a</p><p>place to park.</p><p>pro One needs to remember to always keep their study time free from</p><p>other commitments.</p><p>pro We were on the hill at dawn, and you could see the most wondrous</p><p>sunrise.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>They went to the stadium for the game, but they could not find a</p><p>place to park.</p><p>One needs to remember to always keep one’s study time free from</p><p>other commitments.</p><p>Replace the incorrect pronoun with a pronoun that agrees with its</p><p>antecedent.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>We were on the hill at dawn, and Mary and I could see the most</p><p>wondrous sunrise.</p><p>Replace the incorrect pronoun with an appropriate noun.</p><p>More help with shifts in</p><p>pronouns is available in</p><p>Lessons</p><p>57–60.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Incorrect pronoun shifts occur when a writer or speaker uses a</p><p>pronoun in one person and then illogically shifts to a pronoun in another</p><p>person.</p><p>Shift in Verb Tenses</p><p>Troubleshooter 35</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Unnecessary shifts in tense</p><p>shift t Akira waits for the bus and worked on the computer.</p><p>shift t Jenny hit the home run and runs around the bases.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Akira waits for the bus and works on the computer.</p><p>Jenny hit the home run and ran around the bases.</p><p>Use the same tense for both verbs.</p><p>Two or more events occurring at the same time must have the same</p><p>verb tense.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>Tenses do not indicate that one event precedes or succeeds another</p><p>shift t By the time the movie finally started, we waited impatiently</p><p>through ten minutes of commercials.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>By the time the movie finally started, we had waited impatiently</p><p>through ten minutes of commercials.</p><p>Use the past perfect tense for the earlier of two actions to indicate that</p><p>one action began and ended before another action began.</p><p>If events being described occurred at different times, shift tenses to</p><p>show that one event precedes or follows another.</p><p>More help with shifts in</p><p>verb tenses is available in</p><p>Lessons 37–39 and 41.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Incorrect Verb Tenses or Forms</p><p>36 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Incorrect or missing verb endings</p><p>tense Ricardo said it snow last night.</p><p>tense Karen and her family travel to Costa Rica last year.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Ricardo said it snowed last night.</p><p>Karen and her family traveled to Costa Rica last year.</p><p>Regular verbs form the past tense and the past participle by adding -ed.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>Improper formation of irregular verbs</p><p>tense The sun rised out of scarlet clouds into a clear, blue sky.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The sun rose out of scarlet clouds into a clear, blue sky.</p><p>An irregular verb forms its past tense and past participle in some way</p><p>other than by adding -ed.</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Confusion between the past form of the verb and the past participle</p><p>tense The horses have ate their feed already.</p><p>tense The coach has wore the old team jacket to every graduation.</p><p>Troubleshooter 37</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The horses have eaten their feed already.</p><p>The coach has worn the old team jacket to every graduation.</p><p>When you use the auxiliary verb have, use the past participle form of an</p><p>irregular verb, not its simple past form.</p><p>PROBLEM 4</p><p>Improper use of the past participle</p><p>tense Deemee drawn the winning ticket for the door prize at the dance.</p><p>tense The old rowboat sunk just below the surface of the lake.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>Deemee had drawn the winning ticket for the door prize at the dance.</p><p>The old rowboat had sunk just below the surface of the lake.</p><p>Form a complete verb by adding a form of the auxiliary verb have to the</p><p>past participle.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Deemee drew the winning ticket for the door prize at the dance.</p><p>The old rowboat sank just below the surface of the lake.</p><p>Use the simple past form of the verb instead of the past participle.</p><p>Past participles of irregular verbs cannot stand alone as verbs. They</p><p>must be used in conjunction with a form of the auxiliary verb have.</p><p>More help with correct verb</p><p>forms is available in Lessons 35,</p><p>36, and 40.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Misplaced or Dangling Modifiers</p><p>38 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Misplaced modifier</p><p>mod Untended and overgrown since last summer, Marlene helped</p><p>Keshia in her garden.</p><p>mod Sarah won the jumping contest with her mother’s horse,</p><p>wearing western riding gear.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Marlene helped Keshia in her garden, untended and overgrown since</p><p>last summer.</p><p>Wearing western riding gear, Sarah won the jumping contest with</p><p>her mother’s horse.</p><p>Place the modifying phrase as close as possible to the word or words it</p><p>modifies.</p><p>A misplaced modifier appears to modify the wrong word or group</p><p>of words.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>Misplacing the adverb only</p><p>mod Akiko only runs hurdles in track.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Only Akiko runs hurdles in track.</p><p>Akiko runs only hurdles in track.</p><p>Akiko runs hurdles only in track.</p><p>Each time only is moved in the sentence, the meaning of the sentence</p><p>changes. Place the adverb immediately before the word or group of</p><p>words it is to modify.</p><p>Troubleshooter 39</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Dangling modifiers</p><p>mod Branches swaying in the breeze, we rested in the shade.</p><p>mod Trying out the new exercise equipment, the new gym is a great</p><p>improvement over the old one.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Branches swaying in the breeze, the tree provided us with shade.</p><p>Trying out the new exercise equipment, Mary said the new gym is a</p><p>great improvement over the old one.</p><p>Add a noun to which the dangling phrase clearly refers. You might have</p><p>to add or change other words, as well.</p><p>More help with misplaced or</p><p>dangling modifiers is available</p><p>in Lesson 66.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>A dangling modifier does not modify any word in the sentence.</p><p>Misplaced or Missing Possessive Apostrophes</p><p>40 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Singular nouns</p><p>poss Charles car is the white one, but Jamals is the red convertible.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Charles’s car is the white one, but Jamal’s is the red convertible.</p><p>To form the possessive of a singular noun, even one that ends in -s, use</p><p>an apostrophe and an -s at the end of the word.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>Plural nouns that end in -s</p><p>poss The seven maple trees cool, delicious shade is the best in the park.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The seven maple trees’ cool, delicious shade is the best in the park.</p><p>To form the possessive of a plural noun that ends in -s, use an</p><p>apostrophe by itself after the final -s.</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Plural nouns that do not end in -s</p><p>poss The childrens movies are on that rack next to the nature films.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The children’s movies are on that rack next to the nature films.</p><p>Form the possessive of a plural noun that does not end in -s by using an</p><p>apostrophe and -s at the end of the word.</p><p>Troubleshooter 41</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>PROBLEM 4</p><p>Pronouns</p><p>poss That painting cannot be just anybodys work.</p><p>poss Their’s is the trophy in the center of the display case.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>That painting cannot be just anybody’s work.</p><p>Form the possessive of a singular indefinite pronoun by adding an</p><p>apostrophe and -s to it.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Theirs is the trophy in the center of the display case.</p><p>With any of the possessive personal pronouns, do not use an</p><p>apostrophe.</p><p>PROBLEM 5</p><p>Confusing its with it’s</p><p>poss The computer is booting up; I see it’s power light blinking.</p><p>poss Its going to be a great victory party.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The computer is booting up; I see its power light blinking.</p><p>It’s going to be a great victory party.</p><p>It’s is the contraction of it is, not the possessive of it.</p><p>More help with apostrophes</p><p>and possessives is available in</p><p>Lessons 3 and 92.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Missing Commas with Nonessential Elements</p><p>42 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Missing commas with nonessential participles, infinitives,</p><p>and their phrases</p><p>com Lois scowling fiercely turned her back on Clark.</p><p>com The detective mystified by the fresh clue scratched his head in</p><p>bewilderment.</p><p>com Television to tell the truth just doesn’t interest me.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Lois, scowling fiercely, turned her back on Clark.</p><p>The detective, mystified by the fresh clue, scratched his head in</p><p>bewilderment.</p><p>Television, to tell the truth, just doesn’t interest me.</p><p>If the participle,</p><p>infinitive, or phrase is not essential to the meaning of</p><p>the sentence, set off the phrase with commas.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>Missing commas with nonessential adjective clauses</p><p>com The sailboat which looked like a toy in the storm rounded the point</p><p>into the breakwater.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The sailboat, which looked like a toy in the storm, rounded the point</p><p>into the breakwater.</p><p>If the clause is not essential to the meaning of the sentence, set it off</p><p>with commas.</p><p>Troubleshooter 43</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Missing commas with nonessential appositives</p><p>com The palomino a beautiful horse with almost golden hair is often</p><p>seen in parades.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The palomino, a beautiful horse with almost golden hair, is often</p><p>seen in parades.</p><p>If the appositive is not essential to the meaning of the sentence, set it off</p><p>with commas.</p><p>PROBLEM 4</p><p>Missing commas with interjections and parenthetical expressions</p><p>com Wow did you see that falling star?</p><p>com I would have told you by the way but you weren’t home.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Wow, did you see that falling star?</p><p>I would have told you, by the way, but you weren’t home.</p><p>Set off the interjection or parenthetical expression with commas.</p><p>More help with commas and</p><p>nonessential elements is</p><p>available in Lesson 80.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>44 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Commas missing in a series of words, phrases, or clauses</p><p>s com Mona said that Amy Tan James Baldwin and Charles Dickens were</p><p>her favorite authors.</p><p>s com Sailing on the Great Lakes can be as challenging adventurous and</p><p>rewarding as sailing on the ocean.</p><p>s com Our forensic team practiced hard did their research and used all</p><p>their wit and intelligence to win the championship.</p><p>s com The wind shifted the clouds parted and the sunlight streamed</p><p>down.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Mona said that Amy Tan, James Baldwin, and Charles Dickens were</p><p>her favorite authors.</p><p>Sailing on the Great Lakes can be as challenging, adventurous, and</p><p>rewarding as sailing on the ocean.</p><p>Our forensics team practiced hard, did their research, and used all</p><p>their wit and intelligence to win the championship.</p><p>The wind shifted, the clouds parted, and the sunlight streamed</p><p>down.</p><p>Use a comma between each item in a series except the last.</p><p>More help with commas is</p><p>available in Lessons 78–85.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>Missing Commas in a Series</p><p>Grammar</p><p>Grammar 45</p><p>Unit 1: Parts of the Speech</p><p>Lesson 1</p><p>Nouns: Singular, Plural, Possessive, Concrete, and</p><p>Abstract</p><p>A noun is a word that names a person, place, thing, or idea. A singular noun names one</p><p>person, place, thing, or idea, and a plural noun names more than one.</p><p>SINGULAR PLURAL</p><p>Person: visitor visitors</p><p>Place: valley valleys</p><p>Thing: hammer hammers</p><p>Idea: belief beliefs</p><p>The possessive form of a noun shows possession, ownership, or the relationship between</p><p>two nouns.</p><p>SINGULAR POSSESSIVE PLURAL POSSESSIVE</p><p>Possession: teacher’s desk teachers’ desks</p><p>Ownership: student’s term paper students’ term papers</p><p>Relationship: country’s beauty countries’ beauty</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write S above each singular noun, P above each plural noun, and poss. above each</p><p>possessive noun.</p><p>S P poss. S</p><p>The announcer told the fans the game’s score.</p><p>S poss. P</p><p>1. Beautiful white snow covered the mountain’s flanks.</p><p>S poss. P S</p><p>2. The audience enjoyed the speaker’s anecdotes about the hike.</p><p>poss. P P</p><p>3. Kentucky’s pastures produce many fine thoroughbreds.</p><p>S P S</p><p>4. Alaina received three scholarships after her audition.</p><p>S poss. S</p><p>5. Did your puppy run under Mrs. Swenson’s porch?</p><p>S S</p><p>6. The parakeet squawks while the canary sings.</p><p>S S P S</p><p>7. Our excursion to the park was shortened by warnings of an approaching tornado.</p><p>S S P</p><p>8. Driving hurriedly through the countryside, Jaleel seemed careless about avoiding potholes.</p><p>poss. S P S S S</p><p>9. The committee’s decision to suspend the rules gave Adam more freedom to present his proposal.</p><p>S S P S</p><p>10. The figurine on the trophy cracked when the cheering teammates broke the shelf.</p><p>S poss. P S S</p><p>11. Su-Lin scrubbed the car’s tires while Tom polished the chrome.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 47</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>poss. S S S S</p><p>12. Jamal’s understanding of the technology involved in storing information on a disk seems correct.</p><p>P S S S</p><p>13. Many persons in our hectic society have forgotten the beautiful art of sewing.</p><p>S poss. S P</p><p>14. Geraldo insisted on playing devil’s advocate whenever discussions arose.</p><p>S P poss. S</p><p>15. Running around the house, the children could not find their father’s hat.</p><p>P S S poss. S S</p><p>16. Having scored twenty-three points in the game, Dowana received the lion’s share of praise</p><p>S</p><p>on the nightly broadcast.</p><p>poss. S P</p><p>17. Beethoven’s fifth symphony is one of his most popular works.</p><p>poss. S S P</p><p>18. Paul’s personal library is becoming so large there is no place to add any more shelves.</p><p>A concrete noun names an object that occupies space or can be recognized by any of the</p><p>senses. An abstract noun names an idea, a quality, or a characteristic.</p><p>music (concrete) value (abstract) scent (concrete) loyalty (abstract)</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write con. (concrete) or abst. (abstract) above each italicized noun.</p><p>con.</p><p>John ardently studies heraldry.</p><p>abst.</p><p>1. Kwang showed his affection for his sister Annette by writing her three poems.</p><p>con.</p><p>2. The sound of singing birds makes one’s spirits rise.</p><p>abst.</p><p>3. Olaf had not yet reached the peak of his abilities.</p><p>abst.</p><p>4. Hate is a dangerous emotion.</p><p>con.</p><p>5. Are you a member of the Republican or Democratic party?</p><p>abst.</p><p>6. One of Americans’ most prized possessions is freedom.</p><p>abst.</p><p>7. Sherri’s urgency caused Kim to make more mistakes than she normally would have.</p><p>con.</p><p>8. His cold feet were soothed by the warmth from the evening campfire.</p><p>con.</p><p>9. Kevin was mesmerized by the aroma of the bread baking in the kitchen.</p><p>abst.</p><p>10. Muriel’s two cats and her dog brought her much enjoyment.</p><p>con.</p><p>11. I was not impressed with his singing during the student choir concert.</p><p>con.</p><p>12. There are several theories as to what caused the rings around Saturn.</p><p>con.</p><p>13. Throughout the entire kingdom, none was as brave as Sir Lancelot, the famous knight.</p><p>abst.</p><p>14. Making the team and passing English were two of Ping’s goals for this semester.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>48 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 2</p><p>Nouns: Proper, Common, and Collective</p><p>A proper noun names a specific person, place or thing. Capitalize proper nouns. A</p><p>common noun refers to people, places or things in general.</p><p>PROPER NOUNS COMMON NOUNS</p><p>Person: Robert Walls superintendent</p><p>Place: Africa continent</p><p>Thing: Iguanodon dinosaur</p><p>Idea: Renaissance thought</p><p>A collective noun names a group. A collective noun is singular when it refers to the</p><p>group as a whole. A collective noun is plural when it refers to the individual members of</p><p>a group.</p><p>The committee studies the issue. (singular) The committee have gone to lunch. (plural)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Label each italicized noun as prop. for proper, com. for common, or col. for collective.</p><p>Assume the collective nouns are also common nouns.</p><p>col. com.</p><p>The Air Force squadron flew over the Olympic field.</p><p>com. prop. prop.</p><p>1. The international sports festival known as the Olympic Games began in ancient Greece.</p><p>com. com. com. com.</p><p>2. These games, which started in the eighth century B.C., were held every four years for centuries.</p><p>prop. com. com. prop. com.</p><p>3. The ancient Greeks used the games to salute their god Zeus and to honor their cities.</p><p>com. com. com.</p><p>4. They included competition in music, oratory, and theater as well as sport.</p><p>com. col.</p><p>5. Abandoned</p><p>for several centuries, the games were revived in 1894 by an international committee.</p><p>col. prop.</p><p>6. Today that commission, the International Olympic Committee, bases itself in Lausanne,</p><p>prop.</p><p>Switzerland.</p><p>col. com.</p><p>7. The original governing board consisted of fourteen members.</p><p>com. prop. col.</p><p>8. Each participating country must have a National Olympics Committee to sponsor the team</p><p>and physically manage it.</p><p>com. com. prop.</p><p>9. Participants held the first modern games in the year 1896 in Athens, Greece.</p><p>com. col. com.</p><p>10. The games were revived to salute the collective athletic talents of the family of nations.</p><p>prop. com. com.</p><p>11. Today’s Olympics concentrate on sport only and have a much expanded venue.</p><p>com. com. com. com.</p><p>12. They foster the ideal of a “sound mind in a sound body” and promote friendship among nations.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 49</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>com. com.</p><p>13. Participation is open to all, regardless of political affiliation or creed.</p><p>com. com.</p><p>14. Thirteen countries competed in that first revival.</p><p>com. com.</p><p>15. Nine sports made up the entire agenda.</p><p>com. com. com.</p><p>16. These events generated sufficient interest to justify continuing the games.</p><p>prop. col. com.</p><p>17. The United States entered a squad of fourteen men who dominated the track and field events.</p><p>prop. com. com.</p><p>18. By the fourth modern Olympiad (1908), the number of competitors had grown from 311 to 2,082.</p><p>col. prop.</p><p>19. The Olympic governing council added the Winter Games in 1924.</p><p>prop. com.</p><p>20. Chamonix, France, hosted the first winter extravaganza.</p><p>com. col.</p><p>21. By 1988, 167 nations had Olympic chapters.</p><p>com. com. com.</p><p>22. The summer festivities that year in Seoul, Korea, drew athletes from a record 160 countries.</p><p>com. com. prop.</p><p>23. The largest assembly of competitors gathered in Munich, Germany, which showcased ten</p><p>com.</p><p>thousand athletes in 1972.</p><p>col. com.</p><p>24. The international committee currently has more than seventy members.</p><p>prop. com. com.</p><p>25. By 1992, the Winter Olympics alone boasted 2,174 athletic colleagues from sixty-three countries.</p><p>prop. com. com.</p><p>26. The Olympiads have not always been successful in keeping politics and prejudices outside</p><p>com.</p><p>their events.</p><p>prop. com.</p><p>27. Hitler tried to use the 1936 games in Berlin to propagandize the Nazi racist cause.</p><p>prop. com. com.</p><p>28. African American Jesse Owens upset those plans by winning four gold medals in track</p><p>and field.</p><p>com. com. col.</p><p>29. Several instances of boycotts have shocked the global audience and lessened universal</p><p>com.</p><p>participation.</p><p>com. col. prop.</p><p>30. Even terrorism has plagued the games, as in the murder of a group of Israelis in 1972.</p><p>com. col.</p><p>31. Almost all Olympians stress the camaraderie of the great assembly.</p><p>com. com. com.</p><p>32. While there is much pride in competing for one’s country, the feeling of international unity is</p><p>even more important.</p><p>com. com. com.</p><p>33. Prizes for the events are purposely kept to token awards.</p><p>com. com. com. com.</p><p>34. Medals of gold, bronze, and silver reward the top three finishers in each event.</p><p>com. com. com.</p><p>35. This is one way of keeping the emphasis on the sport rather than the reward.</p><p>prop. com.</p><p>36. In this way the modern Olympiads remain true to the ideals of their founders, the citizens of</p><p>prop.</p><p>classical Greece.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>50 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 51</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 3</p><p>Pronouns: Personal, Possessive, Reflexive, and Intensive</p><p>A pronoun takes the place of a noun, a group of words acting as a noun, or another</p><p>pronoun. We call the word or group of words that a pronoun refers to its antecedent.</p><p>A personal pronoun refers to a specific person or thing by indicating the person speaking</p><p>(the first person), the person being addressed (the second person), or any other person or</p><p>thing being discussed (the third person).</p><p>SINGULAR PLURAL</p><p>First Person: I, me we, us</p><p>Second Person: you you</p><p>Third Person: he, him, she, her, it they, them</p><p>A possessive pronoun shows possession or control. It takes the place of a possessive noun.</p><p>SINGULAR PLURAL</p><p>First person my, mine our, ours</p><p>Second person your, yours your, yours</p><p>Third person his, her, hers, its their, theirs</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each personal pronoun and two lines under each</p><p>possessive pronoun.</p><p>She makes her own clothes.</p><p>1. Does she have the stamina to climb to the top of the cathedral tower?</p><p>2. You are the best friend anyone could ask for.</p><p>3. Ms. Kowalski signed her autograph on this theater program.</p><p>4. Franklin, does that incident have anything to do with your shyness?</p><p>5. If Stella asks, just say that I quit for today but will be back tomorrow to finish the job.</p><p>6. Did you say this blue and gold notebook was hers?</p><p>7. The dog shook its wet fur and splattered water over the entire room.</p><p>8. Manny and John have their own version of what happened yesterday at the game.</p><p>9. Our substitute teacher, Mr. Pennyworth, told us about his archaeological experiences.</p><p>10. Will you give him a helping hand if he asks you for your help?</p><p>11. Dad, how long will it take us to reach the first rest area?</p><p>12. Mr. Ramirez showed us how to fix a flat tire on a motorcycle.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>52 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>13. None of the trash scattered all over their yard is ours.</p><p>14. My time is very limited today; could I see you tomorrow?</p><p>15. How much did the handyman charge them to fix the cracked cement on their porch?</p><p>16. Maria said that her mother would help us with the arrangements tomorrow.</p><p>17. We try always to be dependable when she asks us to assist her.</p><p>18. No matter how many times they try, the Livingston twins just don’t show much progress in</p><p>painting their house.</p><p>19. Did you see how many pancakes he ate this morning for breakfast?</p><p>20. Debbie and I practiced our instruments for an hour; how long did Russ and Dejuana</p><p>practice theirs?</p><p>A reflexive pronoun refers to a noun or another pronoun and indicates that the same</p><p>person or thing is involved. An intensive pronoun adds emphasis to a noun or another</p><p>pronoun. Reflexive and intensive pronouns look alike. Their usage reveals the difference.</p><p>Pedro presented himself the award. (reflexive)</p><p>Pedro himself presented the award. (intensive)</p><p>SINGULAR PLURAL</p><p>First person myself ourselves</p><p>Second person yourself yourselves</p><p>Third person himself, herself, itself themselves</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write ref. above each reflexive pronoun and int. above each intensive pronoun.</p><p>ref.</p><p>Roberto bought himself a new jacket.</p><p>int.</p><p>1. The chimpanzee itself opened the lock on the laboratory door.</p><p>ref.</p><p>2. Did you ever find yourselves wondering why we keep doing this?</p><p>ref.</p><p>3. Marvin, why don’t you attend the meeting and see for yourself?</p><p>ref.</p><p>4. Kellie and Mika arranged a meeting between Garth Brooks and themselves.</p><p>ref.</p><p>5. I continually surprise myself at my own genius.</p><p>int.</p><p>6. Akira and Bob, did you do this whole project yourselves?</p><p>ref.</p><p>7. I rented myself a three-wheeler for the weekend.</p><p>int.</p><p>8. Arthur gave her the book himself.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 53</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 4</p><p>Pronouns: Demonstrative, Interrogative, Relative, and</p><p>Indefinite</p><p>Use an interrogative pronoun to form questions.</p><p>Interrogative pronouns are who, whom,</p><p>whose, what, and which. The intensive forms of the interrogative pronouns are whoever,</p><p>whomever, whatever, and whichever.</p><p>Whoever heard of such a silly request?</p><p>Use a relative pronoun to begin a special subject-verb word group called a subordinate</p><p>clause (see Lesson 23).</p><p>The lady who came late was my sister. (Who begins the subordinate clause who</p><p>came late.)</p><p>RELATIVE PRONOUNS</p><p>who whom what which that</p><p>whoever whomever whatever whichever whose</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each interrogative pronoun and two lines under each</p><p>relative pronoun.</p><p>Who is coming to my party?</p><p>1. Is Pat the person who parked in the principal’s reserved space?</p><p>2. I never thought that you would say such a thing.</p><p>3. Bill is a friend on whom you can always depend.</p><p>4. Whom did the sheriff want to see?</p><p>5. For her birthday Jenny got a calculator that prints out its results.</p><p>6. Aunt Carey, who is my mother’s sister, will visit us next week.</p><p>7. What do you mean?</p><p>8. May I take whichever I choose?</p><p>9. A long nap is what I need right now.</p><p>10. The accident that had happened three years ago left her with a severe limp.</p><p>11. Whoever heard of such an outrageously funny thing?</p><p>12. It was Kalina’s vote that broke the tie in the student election yesterday.</p><p>13. Tara or Rico, whoever arrives first, will adjust the thermostat.</p><p>14. After that long study session, which sounds better, ice cream or pizza?</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>54 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>15. Our neighbors, whose tree blew over, borrowed our chain saw.</p><p>16. I gave it to Fred and Ping, who are my best friends.</p><p>A demonstrative pronoun points out specific persons, places, things, or ideas.</p><p>These are the days that try men’s souls.</p><p>DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS</p><p>Singular: this that</p><p>Plural: these those</p><p>An indefinite pronoun refers to persons, places, or things in a more general way than</p><p>does a personal pronoun.</p><p>Do you really believe that everyone is going?</p><p>INDEFINITE PRONOUNS</p><p>all both everything none some</p><p>another each few nothing somebody</p><p>any either many one someone</p><p>anybody enough most other something</p><p>anyone everybody neither others</p><p>anything everyone nobody several</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write ind. above each indefinite pronoun and dem. above each demonstrative pronoun.</p><p>dem. ind.</p><p>These are the times that everyone enjoys so much.</p><p>ind.</p><p>1. Waking suddenly, I heard something in the hallway.</p><p>dem.</p><p>2. How expensive are those?</p><p>ind.</p><p>3. Please save some for Mandy.</p><p>ind.</p><p>4. As far as problems are concerned, we have few with your son because he is so well behaved,</p><p>Mrs. Windsor.</p><p>dem.</p><p>5. Place that on the end table, please.</p><p>ind.</p><p>6. I know how disappointed he felt, but I liked neither of the movies he rented.</p><p>ind.</p><p>7. When the meeting adjourned, everybody headed for the soda shop across the street.</p><p>dem.</p><p>8. These are the types of problems that make me want to scream.</p><p>ind.</p><p>9. Some days it seems that everything goes wrong.</p><p>ind. dem.</p><p>10. Take several of these so that you won’t run short on your trip tomorrow.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 55</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 5</p><p>Verbs: Action</p><p>A verb expresses action or a state of being and is necessary to make a statement. An</p><p>action verb tells what someone or something does. Action verbs can express either</p><p>physical or mental action. A transitive verb is an action verb that is followed by a word</p><p>or words that answer the question what? or whom? An intransitive verb is an action verb</p><p>that is not followed by a word that answers the question what? or whom?</p><p>Ellie ate the cake. (transitive)</p><p>Myron jumped over the fence. (intransitive)</p><p>Some verbs can be either transitive or intransitive, depending on their usage.</p><p>He fought for recognition. (intransitive) He fought the bad guys. (transitive)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw two lines under each action verb. Write trans. in the blank if the verb is</p><p>transitive and int. if it is intransitive.</p><p>int. John Wesley Powell explored far and wide.</p><p>int. 1. John Wesley Powell came from Mount Morris, New York.</p><p>int., trans. 2. His family soon moved to frontier Illinois, where the beauties of nature</p><p>impressed the young boy.</p><p>trans. 3. Spending much time by himself on rivers in canoes, young John taught himself</p><p>many things about nature.</p><p>trans.,int. 4. He landed a job as a teacher, a post at which he prospered.</p><p>trans. 5. He accepted the post of superintendent of the county schools at age twenty-seven.</p><p>int.,int. 6. While he served in that position, the American Civil War erupted.</p><p>int. 7. An early volunteer, John rushed to his country’s service.</p><p>trans. 8. At the Battle of Shiloh, he lost his right arm to an enemy rifle ball.</p><p>int. 9. After the war, John returned to Illinois.</p><p>trans. 10. The many empty spaces on American maps of the time intrigued Powell.</p><p>int. 11. With the help of old army friends (including U.S. Grant), he succeeded in getting</p><p>government approval and finance for an expedition to the Green and Colorado</p><p>River canyons.</p><p>trans. 12. Major Powell and eight assorted adventurers began the mapping expedition on</p><p>May 24, 1869.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>56 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>trans. 13. Powell intended to map the entire country.</p><p>int. 14. In his explorations, Powell grew wise to the ways of the arid regions of the West.</p><p>trans. 15. Powell also desired the development of the beautiful western lands of America.</p><p>trans., int. 16. He developed irrigation techniques and argued for rights of the individual</p><p>landowner.</p><p>trans., trans. 17. Water rights caused great problems in the growth of the West because local</p><p>monopolies manipulated water use.</p><p>trans. 18. Powell also conceived a love for the Native Americans.</p><p>trans. 19. By 1879, the government appointed him director of both the United States</p><p>Geological Survey and the United States Bureau of Ethnology.</p><p>int., trans. 20. Under his leadership, topographical maps became the standard by which the</p><p>rest of the world made maps.</p><p>trans., trans. 21. He angered a few senators when he funneled some of the Survey’s federal</p><p>monies into investigating the chemical possibilities of petroleum.</p><p>trans. 22. Most people at that time saw no possible use for crude oil except as lighting</p><p>fuel or as a lubricant.</p><p>trans., int. 23. Congress slashed the Survey’s funds, and Powell resigned.</p><p>int. 24. In the administration of the Bureau of Ethnology, however, Powell’s</p><p>enthusiasm soared.</p><p>trans. 25. As part of his work in the bureau, Powell classified Native American languages.</p><p>trans. 26. His Introduction to the Study of Indian Languages established Powell as an</p><p>important anthropologist.</p><p>trans. 27. The former superintendent of county schools achieved lasting fame and</p><p>respect for his work with Native Americans.</p><p>trans. 28. Under his tutelage, the bureau brought the new field of anthropology into</p><p>adulthood.</p><p>trans., trans. 29. Powell wrote other works as well; his books concern his explorations and his</p><p>work in anthropology.</p><p>trans. 30. Meanwhile, his ideas on irrigation improved crop production in the West.</p><p>Lesson 6</p><p>Verbs: Linking</p><p>A linking verb links, or joins, the subject of a sentence with a word or expression that</p><p>identifies or describes the subject. The most common linking verbs are the forms of be.</p><p>Some examples are am, is, are, was, were, will be, has been, and was being.</p><p>Gerald is handsome. Marta was the president.</p><p>OTHER LINKING VERBS</p><p>appear feel look seem smell</p><p>become grow remain sound taste</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a line under the verb, and write LV in the blank if the verb is a linking verb</p><p>and AV if the verb is</p><p>an action verb.</p><p>LV Frieda is a lucky person.</p><p>AV 1. Connie walks to the grocery store with Miki.</p><p>AV 2. Helen and Gary revealed the secret of their amazing discovery.</p><p>AV 3. After the morning session, many of the delegates went to a mall.</p><p>AV 4. My neighbors appear regularly on local television.</p><p>LV 5. Matching the pattern of that material will be difficult.</p><p>LV 6. Your speech sounds great.</p><p>AV 7. Tuani’s dog obviously met a skunk last night.</p><p>LV 8. All of the evidence seems clear.</p><p>LV 9. Regardless of the weather, I am usually the first at practice.</p><p>AV 10. Inside twenty minutes, the forest rangers readied the campsite for the children.</p><p>AV 11. A jury member fell asleep after many hours in the courtroom.</p><p>AV 12. Karl evaded the tackler on the last play for the touchdown.</p><p>LV 13. How long has Akira been the team captain?</p><p>LV 14. Many of the members feel bad about the election.</p><p>AV 15. My playful collie requires a lot of my energy and time.</p><p>AV 16. Albert missed the best game of the year because of a flat tire.</p><p>AV 17. Ms. Toshio retains three attorneys for her corporation.</p><p>AV 18. I regretted my decision about the science fair.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 57</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>AV 19. The four girls remained in the cellar until the all-clear signal.</p><p>AV 20. A 70 percent majority elected Heather president of the chess club.</p><p>LV 21. My dislike of liver has grown stronger over the years.</p><p>AV 22. Yana trains for the wrestling tournament next month in the state capital.</p><p>AV 23. Kosey really liked his new school.</p><p>AV 24. The Franklins hope for good weather for their trip this weekend.</p><p>AV 25. The veterinarian gave my cat a shot last week.</p><p>LV 26. The hamburger tasted absolutely delicious.</p><p>AV 27. The neighbors loud music kept me awake until two in the morning.</p><p>AV 28. Ernesto saw nothing funny about the practical joke.</p><p>AV 29. Hundreds of visitors tour our local museum each month.</p><p>LV 30. These footprints look fresh.</p><p>AV 31. The computer at the library saves me a lot of research time.</p><p>LV 32. The weather turned colder after those few sunny, warm days.</p><p>LV 33. This turkey tastes good with the tart cranberry sauce.</p><p>LV 34. Akira and Ramon are two of the nicest people in the world.</p><p>LV 35. Ricardo and Minal became closer after the tragedy.</p><p>AV 36. Mark plays cards often.</p><p>AV 37. The wonderful old oak tree grew on the wide hillside to the north of the farm.</p><p>AV 38. Two term papers and three book reports try the best of us.</p><p>AV 39. Marilyn and Anna take trigonometry in summer school.</p><p>AV 40. With no further business, the meeting adjourned fifteen minutes early.</p><p>� Writing Link Write a paragraph comparing the personalities of two television characters.</p><p>Use linking verbs whenever possible.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>58 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 59</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 7</p><p>Verb Phrases</p><p>The verb in a sentence may consist of more than one word. We call the words that</p><p>accompany the main verb auxiliary, or helping, verbs. A verb phrase consists of a main</p><p>verb and all its auxiliary verbs.</p><p>Jill will have finished by then. (Will and have help the main verb finished.)</p><p>AUXILIARY VERBS</p><p>Forms of be : am, is, are, was, were, being, been</p><p>Forms of have : has, have, had, having</p><p>Others: can, could, do, does, did, may, might, must, shall, should, will, would</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each verb phrase and two lines under each auxiliary verb.</p><p>The rain has been falling steady all night.</p><p>1. Mr. Ho has been keeping bees on the hill behind his house for more than forty years.</p><p>2. The limbs of the elm tree were being shaken by the wind.</p><p>3. The babies are crying from hunger.</p><p>4. Melanie never did say the answer to the word puzzle correctly.</p><p>5. A mistake of that magnitude could wreck all of our financial hopes.</p><p>6. Many of us should be ready for a change of pace after that fast dance.</p><p>7. The young lieutenant can muster his troops in only fifteen minutes.</p><p>8. Have you ever been in Hawaii?</p><p>9. Jenny might have mentioned the party to Roger.</p><p>10. Grandad will be seventy-two next month on the thirteenth.</p><p>11. Marsha is not getting a new sweater today.</p><p>12. How can this confusion about the experiment be explained to Mr. Hawkfeather’s satisfaction?</p><p>13. Michi might have been finished before Nui.</p><p>14. Our family will be having guests this Monday evening for dinner.</p><p>15. After school, will you be going straight home?</p><p>16. The innkeepers are concerned about the new tax laws for motels.</p><p>17. The rooster was crowing that fateful morning.</p><p>18. Before the last session with your new tutor, your fears of math may well disappear.</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>60 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>19. Irene could only hope for her friends’ understanding.</p><p>20. The occasion might have ended in disaster for the Sprank twins.</p><p>21. The accident might have done more damage to the car.</p><p>22. We shall never regret our decision.</p><p>23. Because of the snowstorm, the dance has been postponed until next week.</p><p>24. We must have lost the game.</p><p>25. The younger children will be frightened by certain scenes in the movie, Mom.</p><p>26. We could probably switch the gathering to Friday.</p><p>27. Will had eaten seven hot dogs by the end of the show.</p><p>28. Kajala has always been stronger than Osvaldo in cross-country skiing.</p><p>29. Miriam and Terra have seldom studied together before last night.</p><p>30. Without the wire top on the cage, the rabbit could jump out of it and into the reach of our dog.</p><p>31. Ollie may have deposited the money earlier than usual.</p><p>32. Because of the fog, Margaret’s plane will be arriving two hours late tomorrow night.</p><p>33. The rust has certainly damaged the rocker panels on your brother’s old car.</p><p>34. Billy Ray cannot remember his last visit to the doctor.</p><p>35. Red and green have been the traditional Christmas colors for many years.</p><p>36. In eight competitions this year, our school jazz band has received seven awards.</p><p>37. Hadi really does know the answers to the trick questions.</p><p>38. With a tight score, that game must have thrilled everyone there.</p><p>39. By combining all the clues, we can name a suspect in the baron’s murder.</p><p>40. With her memory, she should seldom forget anything as important as my birthday.</p><p>� Writing Link Write a short description of a typical day for one of your parents. Demonstrate</p><p>the use of main verbs with auxiliary verbs.</p><p>Lesson 8</p><p>Adjectives</p><p>An adjective modifies a noun or a pronoun by limiting its meaning. Adjectives include</p><p>the articles a, an, and the. A and an are indefinite articles; the is a definite article. Because</p><p>they modify nouns, possessive nouns and pronouns are considered adjectives as well.</p><p>Bill has large feet. Give me the ball. She takes swimming lessons.</p><p>A proper adjective is formed from a proper noun and begins with a capital letter. Proper</p><p>adjectives are often created by using the following suffixes: -an, -ian, -n, -ese, and -ish.</p><p>We ate Chinese food and listened to African music at the international festival.</p><p>Many adjectives have different forms to indicate their degree of comparison.</p><p>POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE</p><p>large larger largest (regular formation of degree)</p><p>good better best (irregular formation of degree)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline each adjective in the following sentences.</p><p>Some villages developed into huge urban areas.</p><p>1. Cities did not become possible until ancient societies produced more</p><p>food than they consumed</p><p>and had found ways of storing the surplus.</p><p>2. Storing and preserving food was necessary to sustain large numbers of non-farming people.</p><p>3. Civil officials and religious priests inhabited the earliest cities.</p><p>4. Around them lived the lower classes of craft persons, artisans, and common laborers.</p><p>5. The labor of outside farmers supported the permanent inhabitants of the city.</p><p>6. The city officials collected the surplus food and distributed it among the workers.</p><p>7. Another reason for the development of the city was that it provided the best defense against</p><p>outside aggressors.</p><p>8. Since it depended on the outlying areas for supplies, each city had to dominate and defend its</p><p>entire region against enemies.</p><p>9. The city rulers sent out professional soldiers to keep order in the hinterland and to defend it</p><p>from roving marauders and from attacks by other cities.</p><p>10. Large municipalities sprang up wherever commerce flourished, such as the intersections of</p><p>trade routes, at sea harbors, and at the mouths of rivers.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 61</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>11. The trading function has been an important source of employment and sustenance for cities</p><p>throughout history.</p><p>12. All the major urban areas of the United States, including the cities of the Great Lakes and the</p><p>Gulf of Mexico, began as small trade centers.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write in the blank the degree of comparison (pos. for positive, comp. for</p><p>comparative, or sup. for superlative) for the italicized adjective.</p><p>sup. Ancient Athens might have been the most beautiful city ever built.</p><p>comp. 1. As cities grow larger, they develop many problems, some of which seem</p><p>difficult to solve.</p><p>pos. 2. Depending on the state of the economy, good jobs become scarce or non-</p><p>existent.</p><p>sup. 3. One of the most frustrating problems remains adequate housing.</p><p>comp. 4. Urban leaders consider providing proper utility and sanitation services an</p><p>even more difficult task.</p><p>pos. 5. Many clear thinkers have dedicated themselves to solving and preventing such</p><p>problems through urban planning.</p><p>sup. 6. The first step is to clearly define the needs, addressing the worst problems</p><p>directly.</p><p>sup. 7. Planners organize these needs into specific goals that will give the most</p><p>complete solutions.</p><p>sup. 8. The next step, the hardest one, focuses on producing the means with which to</p><p>achieve the goals.</p><p>comp. 9. One of the more difficult obstacles is financing development projects.</p><p>sup. 10. Taxes provide most of the money.</p><p>sup. 11. The most influential pioneer in city planning was Ebenezer Howard.</p><p>sup. 12. Howard’s ideas for social and ecomonic balance provided a basis for the most</p><p>significant advancement in cities in centuries.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>62 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 63</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 9</p><p>Adverbs</p><p>An adverb modifies a verb, an adjective, or another adverb by making its meaning more</p><p>specific. Adverbs answer the questions how? when? where? and to what degree? When</p><p>modifying a verb, an adverb may appear in various positions in a sentence. If modifying</p><p>an adjective or another adverb, an adverb appears directly before the modified word.</p><p>The boy had run quickly home. (Quickly modifies the verb had run.)</p><p>Kate is very nervous about her performance. (Very modifies the adjective nervous.)</p><p>Dr. Delacorte removed the bandages quite carefully. (Quite modifies the adverb</p><p>carefully; carefully modifies the verb removed.)</p><p>The negatives no and not and the contraction -n’t are adverbs. Other negative words,</p><p>such as nowhere, hardly, and never, can function as adverbs of time, place, and degree.</p><p>I couldn’t remember where I left it. The rain never begins until softball practice starts.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw an arrow from each adverb to the word it modifies.</p><p>The dejected boy moved slowly.</p><p>1. Uncle Kwan laughed heartily.</p><p>2. The teacher had an unusually quiet classroom.</p><p>3. The driver turned the steering wheel very sharply.</p><p>4. The children eagerly awaited the clowns’ entrance.</p><p>5. Myra suddenly saw the spider.</p><p>6. All single-spaced manuscripts will be summarily rejected.</p><p>7. Juana crept very slowly to the railing on the high balcony of the duke’s palace.</p><p>8. Tillie’s face turned really red because of her spoonerism.</p><p>9. This is an extremely slow copier.</p><p>10. My sister was sleeping comfortably on the couch.</p><p>11. Alexis couldn’t believe Cheryl’s words.</p><p>12. Rosa’s aunt had become quite captivated with the tale.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>64 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>13. The rest of the play proceeded smoothly.</p><p>14. Mitch handles his tape player carelessly.</p><p>15. Esther rounded the building and nearly collided with an elderly man.</p><p>16. The instructions were given clearly and concisely.</p><p>17. The little girl carefully drew a picture of a very skinny dog.</p><p>18. The seriously injured player was carried to an ambulance.</p><p>19. “I wish I had kept my mouth shut,” Ted said remorsefully.</p><p>20. The debate team had a rather mediocre record.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline each adverb. Write in the blank the type of word it modifies: V (verb),</p><p>adj. (adjective), or adv. (adverb). Some sentences may have more than one adverb.</p><p>V Kim gazed lovingly at her little sister.</p><p>V 1. The coach shouted hoarsely at the defensive back.</p><p>V 2. The melody floated gracefully throughout the building.</p><p>V 3. “I want tuba music at my wedding,” said Rico jokingly.</p><p>adj. 4. That extremely clean car belongs to Ms. Salvatore.</p><p>adv., V 5. Masu spoke rather shyly.</p><p>V 6. After his reprieve, Soto skipped merrily down the hallway.</p><p>adj. 7. Mr. Atkinson attributes his very green lawn to proper fertilizing and watering.</p><p>V 8. Will you ever succeed in learning this procedure?</p><p>adj., adj. 9. Does such a hastily prepared assignment deserve a top grade?</p><p>V, V 10. Betsy has never readily accepted responsibility for the accident.</p><p>adj. 11. A rather large dog met the salesman at the front door.</p><p>adj. 12. Winona is really intelligent.</p><p>adj., adj. 13. The suspiciously nervous boys were quite anxious.</p><p>V 14. Every morning Mr. Chin greets his class cheerily.</p><p>adj., V 15. Lady Louisa’s heavily powdered face significantly detracted from her beautiful</p><p>gown.</p><p>V 16. I think that Melody purposely lost her assignment.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 65</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 10</p><p>Prepositions</p><p>A preposition shows the relationship of a noun or a pronoun to some other word in</p><p>the sentence.</p><p>The bus stopped by the school.</p><p>COMMON PREPOSITIONS</p><p>aboard as but in out toward</p><p>about at by inside outside under</p><p>above before concerning into over underneath</p><p>across behind despite like past until</p><p>after below down near pending unto</p><p>against beneath during of regarding up</p><p>along beside except off since upon</p><p>amid besides excepting on through with</p><p>among between for onto throughout within</p><p>around beyond from opposite to without</p><p>A compound preposition is a preposition that is made up of more than one word.</p><p>Use something red in front of that black background.</p><p>COMMON COMPOUND PREPOSITIONS</p><p>according to apart from because of in front of next to out of</p><p>ahead of aside from by means of in spite of on account of owing to</p><p>along with as to in addition to instead of on top of</p><p>Phrases that</p><p>begin with a preposition usually end with a noun or pronoun called the</p><p>object of the preposition.</p><p>Elaine left without her sweater. (Sweater is the object of the preposition without.)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each prepositional phrase and circle its object.</p><p>Early in the morning, Sam acts grumpy.</p><p>1. The crowd leaped to their feet when Montana dropped back for a pass.</p><p>2. Without hesitation, Abdul volunteered to run for secretary.</p><p>3. Judy parked her car in front of Margie’s house.</p><p>4. The boats were tied downstream below the dam.</p><p>5. Eluding the police, the burglar made his escape by means of the transom.</p><p>6. Terrence hugged Marlene amid the throng of cheering fans.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>66 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>7. According to Ellie, there will be no meeting this afternoon in the cafeteria.</p><p>8. “He isn’t there,” Bill said, pointing toward the closet door.</p><p>9. I can’t wait until spring.</p><p>10. Jerilynn was thrilled beyond her wildest dreams at the beautiful sound.</p><p>11. On top of the hill, you will find a grassy plot with a wonderful apple tree.</p><p>12. They spend a lot of time out west at a dude ranch.</p><p>13. All members have paid their dues except Jeremy.</p><p>14. We served the Jeffersons mashed potatoes and succotash along with the barbecued ribs.</p><p>15. The dry weather ruined the crop despite our desperate irrigation attempts.</p><p>16. The doctors had a consultation concerning Ms. Devereaux’s illness.</p><p>17. Aboard the train, the family settled down for the long ride from Paris to Marseilles.</p><p>18. Planting marigolds around the garden will keep the rabbits away from the vegetables.</p><p>19. Inside the card we found a twenty-dollar bill beneath a photo of Aunt Helen and Uncle Joe.</p><p>20. Three pieces of candy fell onto the floor and rolled along the wall.</p><p>21. We found the missing socks underneath the bed and on top of a comic book.</p><p>22. May I have the macaroni and cheese instead of the pilaf?</p><p>23. Ms. Sarmiento will be our advisor during Mr. Voss’s sabbatical.</p><p>24. Taki waited near the telephone for an hour, but Kurt didn’t call despite his promise.</p><p>25. Dean came to the Halloween party as an aardvark and Ed came as a green Martian.</p><p>26. His reputation among the athletes spread throughout the city after his winning touchdown.</p><p>27. We completed the project three weeks ahead of schedule.</p><p>28. Gasoline prices rose on account of the dramatic increase in demand.</p><p>29. We have a renewed enthusiasm since the retreat.</p><p>30. Upon his arrival, the contest began.</p><p>31. Because of Cal’s shrewdness, we managed to get terrific bargains.</p><p>32. Will I see you at the concert?</p><p>33. Upon receipt of the letter, Daisy disappeared into her room.</p><p>34. The smoke rose lazily up the chimney by means of the draft through the flue.</p><p>35. Is Hector the man leaning against the wall?</p><p>36. The sporting goods store moved around the corner.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 67</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 11</p><p>Conjunctions: Coordinating, Correlative, and</p><p>Subordinating</p><p>A conjunction joins single words or groups of words. A coordinating conjunction joins</p><p>words or groups of words that have equal grammatical importance. Coordinating</p><p>conjunctions include and, but, or, nor, for, and yet.</p><p>Bob and Beth are waiting. The lightning flashes, yet I hear no thunder.</p><p>Correlative conjunctions work in pairs to join words and groups of words of equal</p><p>importance. Correlative conjunctions include both...and, just as...so, not only...but also,</p><p>either...or, neither...nor, and whether...or.</p><p>Whether you send a printout or bring the disk in person, the data must be here by noon.</p><p>A subordinating conjunction joins a dependent idea or clause to a main clause.</p><p>Carlos called before you arrived.</p><p>COMMON SUBORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS</p><p>after as though provided (that) until</p><p>although because since when</p><p>as before so long as whenever</p><p>as far as considering (that) so that where</p><p>as if if than whereas</p><p>as long as inasmuch as though wherever</p><p>as soon as in order that unless while</p><p>� Exercise 1 Circle each conjunction. Write coord. in the blank if the conjunction is</p><p>coordinating, corr. if the conjunction is correlative, or sub. if the conjunction is subordinating.</p><p>coord. Do you write letters to your friends, or do you use only the phone?</p><p>coord. 1. In the ancient world the establishment of large governments and the</p><p>development of trade necessitated formal message-carrying systems.</p><p>coord. 2. At first, governments reserved these systems for their own use; commercial</p><p>interests and the private sector were later included.</p><p>corr. 3. Around 550 B.C., the Persians began a postal service that not only proved</p><p>dependable but also still serves as a model for communications.</p><p>sub. 4. The Romans established a large system that remained very reliable so long as</p><p>the empire maintained its central world authority.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>68 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>corr. 5. Based on the Persian model, Roman relay stations were both large and</p><p>numerous.</p><p>sub. 6. Roman government posts carried only official letters, whereas commercial</p><p>companies served businesses and private citizens.</p><p>sub., corr. 7. After Rome’s authority weakened, reliable posts either disappeared or became</p><p>undependable.</p><p>coord. 8. The Renaissance in western Europe sparked a boom in official, commercial,</p><p>ecclesiastical, and private correspondence.</p><p>corr. 9. This increase made it necessary for regional monarchies not only to rehabilitate</p><p>the postal systems but also to extend them greatly.</p><p>sub. 10. France established a nationwide postal service in 1497 as England had done</p><p>earlier in 1481.</p><p>corr. 11. In America, early colonial mail was neither regular nor organized.</p><p>sub. 12. To correspond with relatives abroad, colonists posted letters with sea captains</p><p>unless they could find a friend to carry the letters for them.</p><p>sub. 13. Cities supervised early attempts at organized mail so that the demand for</p><p>communications could be met.</p><p>sub. 14. Since the Colonial American authorities realized the necessity of centralized</p><p>control, they appointed Benjamin Franklin deputy postmaster general for</p><p>America in 1737.</p><p>sub. 15. Franklin made fundamental improvements in the domestic mail system</p><p>while he established regular foreign deliveries.</p><p>sub. 16. The Continental Congress in 1775 appointed Franklin postmaster general</p><p>because his innovations had been so successful.</p><p>sub., coord. 17. After the constitution of 1789 mandated the establishment of a post office and</p><p>post roads, Congress made the Post Office Department an organ of the federal</p><p>government.</p><p>coord. 18. The government appointed Samuel Osgood as the first postmaster general of</p><p>the fledgling yet burgeoning department.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 69</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 12</p><p>Conjunctive Adverbs and Interjections</p><p>A conjunctive adverb is used to clarify the relationship between clauses of equal weight</p><p>in a sentence.</p><p>COMMON CONJUNCTIVE ADVERBS</p><p>again further indeed nevertheless still</p><p>also furthermore instead nonetheless then</p><p>besides hence likewise otherwise therefore</p><p>consequently however moreover similarly thus</p><p>Becky managed the concession stand; moreover, she did a terrific job.</p><p>An interjection is a word or phrase that expresses emotion or exclamation. An</p><p>interjection has no grammatical connection to other words. Commas follow mild ones;</p><p>exclamation points follow stronger ones. Common interjections include:</p><p>oh; oh, my; good</p><p>grief; my heavens; darn; drat; and gee whiz.</p><p>Oh, my, how you’ve grown. Oh, no! The gate is open again.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a line under each conjunctive adverb and circle each interjection.</p><p>Alan sold his horse; thus, his equestrian days ended.</p><p>1. Marci forgot her umbrella; however, Felicia brought hers.</p><p>2. We’ll weed the garden; meanwhile, you cut the grass away from the antique rosebush.</p><p>3. Yipes! Rover is loose again in the neighbor’s yard.</p><p>4. Shhh! I am trying to study for the big test.</p><p>5. Oscar never opened the book; hence, he failed to read that beautiful story.</p><p>6. Oh, drat, I’ll never get the hang of this new computer that I bought.</p><p>7. The rain poured down; still, no one left the ticket line.</p><p>8. Oh, no! The concert is sold out, and we haven’t gotten in yet.</p><p>9. Jason moaned and groaned; nevertheless, no one would do his work for him.</p><p>10. Kara read three books on colonial dress; consequently, her costume looked the most</p><p>authentic of all.</p><p>11. Everyone was restless; nevertheless, Hal continued his speech.</p><p>12. I’ve lost my notes from yesterday’s class; however, there wasn’t much new material in them</p><p>anyway.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>70 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>13. Mr. Min talked about beekeeping; besides, he brought samples of foods made with honey.</p><p>14. Jeff submitted a terrific essay; indeed, he won first place in the writing contest.</p><p>15. Mercy! My feet are killing me.</p><p>16. You may have the ice cream if you have finished the chores; otherwise, you can do without it.</p><p>17. The trio had a difficult time at the audition; moreover, their second selection did not work out</p><p>very well.</p><p>18. Doreen tore her jeans climbing the fence; similarly, Monty scratched his forearm.</p><p>19. You’ve spent all your money already? Good grief!</p><p>20. For heaven’s sake, you should know better than to fall asleep in the sun.</p><p>21. Dad spends a lot of time working in the yard; consequently, our lawn is the nicest in the</p><p>neighborhood.</p><p>22. Oh, pshaw, I dropped another stitch in my knitting.</p><p>23. Every member of the theatrical company did his or her job; therefore, the play was a huge success.</p><p>24. Twist off the cap; then, carefully squeeze till a drop of glue appears.</p><p>25. “My godness,” uttered Grandma, “he looks just like his uncle Morty did forty years ago.”</p><p>26. Erika isn’t going skating with us; besides, she has a bad cold and should stay inside.</p><p>27. We all donated a dollar for the gift; also, Carol supplied the card.</p><p>28. The girl got the guy, the horse was saved from the dog food factory, and the underdog was</p><p>elected president; thus, the cliché-ridden tale came to an end.</p><p>29. Alas, the ending of this miserable story was no better than the beginning.</p><p>30. Andi and Sue gave in to Cindy’s demands; likewise, I finally capitulated, too.</p><p>31. Achim didn’t have his part memorized; furthermore, he didn’t even try.</p><p>32. “Great Caesar’s ghost!” cried the foreman. “Why aren’t these boxes loaded?”</p><p>� Writing Link Compose a humorous paragraph about an imaginary camping trip. Include</p><p>conjunctive adverbs and interjections.</p><p>Unit 1 Review</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write the part of speech above each italicized word: N (noun), pro. (pronoun),</p><p>V (verb), adj. (adjective), adv. (adverb), prep. (preposition), or conj. (conjunction). Some may</p><p>be compound words.</p><p>N V adv. prep. adj.</p><p>The cowboy rode slowly into the small town.</p><p>prep. V N</p><p>1. Because of the approaching storm, all of the picnickers gathered their belongings and ran to</p><p>the shelter houses.</p><p>V adv. adj. prep.</p><p>2. Did you see that Nina and Sally built an extremely large decoration for the pep rally on Friday?</p><p>prep. V adv.</p><p>3. After eating every snack in the place, he had the nerve to ask if there would be more food later.</p><p>adv. prep. adj.</p><p>4. Placing his feet on the desk, Mr. Zahn read slowly through our request for an extra dance this</p><p>semester.</p><p>prep. N V</p><p>5. In spite of the noise, An-Li managed to finish her homework during lunch.</p><p>N pro. adj.</p><p>6. If we plan that trip to New Mexico, we will have to travel on inexpensive transportation.</p><p>pro. V</p><p>7. Someone wedged this invitation to the banquet into the storm door.</p><p>pro. N pro.</p><p>8. I want you to meet the person to whom I owe everything for teaching me the correct way to</p><p>shoot free throws.</p><p>N conj. adj.</p><p>9. Dennis acted as though the teacher had asked us to read the entire encyclopedia in one evening.</p><p>conj. V adj.</p><p>10. Molly and Yani are excited about their interviews for a job with the newspaper.</p><p>conj. V N</p><p>11. Both my sister and I gave the vanity that was Grandma’s to cousin Corinne.</p><p>adv. V</p><p>12. Even for a thousand dollars, I will never say anything about a friend that would hurt him or her.</p><p>prep. prep. N</p><p>13. Kerry belonged to the French club and the science club in addition to several sports teams.</p><p>adj. conj.</p><p>14. The circus offered five performances at the coliseum, but the Ke family wasn’t able to attend</p><p>conj. pro.</p><p>any of them because all of the children had chicken pox.</p><p>V adv.</p><p>15. Al placed himself on a very rigorous training schedule for wrestling, and it must have paid off</p><p>adj.</p><p>for him since he is undefeated this year.</p><p>Unit 1, Parts of Speech 71</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review: Unit 1</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write the part of speech above each italicized word: N (noun), pro. (pronoun),</p><p>V (verb), adj. (adjective), adv. (adverb), prep. (preposition), conj. (conjunction), or</p><p>int. (interjection). Some may be compounds.</p><p>adv.</p><p>The car sped recklessly around the corner.</p><p>V N adj.</p><p>1. Takeo drank in the magnificence of the mansion as he enjoyed the warm hospitality of its</p><p>owner.</p><p>prep. adj.</p><p>2. The sun set slowly in the western sky, the trees rustled lightly in the gentle breeze, and Wilma</p><p>adv.</p><p>slept more soundly than she had slept in years.</p><p>V adv. N</p><p>3. Because he was blinded by the intensely bright car lights, Elmer never saw the sign.</p><p>V prep. conj.</p><p>4. The tables and chairs were in place for the meeting; however, no one remembered to prepare</p><p>N</p><p>the dais.</p><p>pro. V adj.</p><p>5. Who would have the nerve to call at this ridiculous hour?</p><p>pro. adj. adj.</p><p>6. These are examples of my grandmother’s finest needlework.</p><p>int. adv. adj.</p><p>7. Whew! I hope we never come that close to another moving vehicle again.</p><p>pro. conj. V</p><p>8. Maurey carried his bag himself because he didn’t trust the airline not to lose it.</p><p>pro. V N</p><p>9. We have resolved to do whatever is necessary to ensure that the job is finished on time.</p><p>adv. pro. V</p><p>10. The life of a writer may seem very unstructured, but few know the discipline it takes to</p><p>achieve success in the profession.</p><p>prep. pro. adj.</p><p>11. We sat next to the celebrities, who were warm and friendly.</p><p>conj. V adj.</p><p>12. Squeaks and honks told me that the beginners’ band practice had begun.</p><p>int. conj. prep.</p><p>13. Yucch! If I have to eat boiled carrots one more time, I think I’ll run from the table.</p><p>V prep. conj.</p><p>14. Harry seems content with his role, but don’t let his facade fool you.</p><p>conj. adj. N</p><p>15. When one goes to Lilly’s house for dinner, she always has plenty to eat.</p><p>adv. adj. prep.</p><p>16. The airport skycap luckily spied the lost wallet underneath the edge of a baggage cart.</p><p>prep. N int.</p><p>17. He told me in the locker room he would win the long jump and, by gum, he did!</p><p>adv. adj. N</p><p>18. The farmer waded clumsily across the rain-filled ditch to rescue the bawling calf.</p><p>adv. adv. adj.</p><p>19. Did you ever see such a uniformly matched team of horses?</p><p>adv. conj. adj.</p><p>20. Ivan jumped nearly a foot, but he still denies being scared.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>72 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 2, Parts of the Sentence 73</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 2: Parts of the Sentence</p><p>Lesson 13</p><p>Subjects and Predicates</p><p>Every sentence has a subject and a predicate. A simple subject is the main noun or</p><p>pronoun that tells what the sentence is about. A simple predicate is the verb or verb</p><p>phrase that tells something about the subject.</p><p>Wolves howl. The wolves howl loudly at night.</p><p>(In both sentences, wolves is the simple subject; howl is the simple predicate.)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each simple subject and two lines under each simple predicate.</p><p>Martin’s luggage stood next to the hall closet.</p><p>1. The building collapsed in a cloud of dust.</p><p>2. The captain is peering through the periscope.</p><p>3. The Cheshire cat stared at the impudent mouse.</p><p>4. The green grass shimmered in the morning sun.</p><p>5. Boris will paint the old porch.</p><p>6. Sheena searched for her airline tickets.</p><p>7. The dictator ordered the king into exile.</p><p>8. The water glitters in the brook.</p><p>9. A red hen pecked along the ground.</p><p>10. An old streetcar was clattering down the tracks.</p><p>11. A bright sun rose above the city.</p><p>12. Mighty bolts of lightning frightened us.</p><p>13. The Greeks fought the Persians.</p><p>14. Clark wrote a new story.</p><p>15. The scientist has solved the problem.</p><p>16. Children play in the city park.</p><p>17. The rocket shot high into the air.</p><p>18. A hawk is floating on the cool breezes.</p><p>19. Deelra stopped at the library.</p><p>20. Frederick will sing in the varsity choir.</p><p>A complete subject includes the simple subject and any words that modify it.</p><p>The pack of wolves howled.</p><p>A complete predicate includes the simple predicate and any words that modify it.</p><p>The pack of wolves howled at the moon.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw a vertical line between the complete subject and the complete predicate.</p><p>The miniature leaves|covered the bonsai tree.</p><p>1. The robin hopped across the yard.</p><p>2. The huge elephant trumpeted loudly.</p><p>3. The heavy rain fell in gray, silvery sheets.</p><p>4. The legendary Greek King Oedipus answered the riddle of the Sphinx.</p><p>5. About 300 million people speak Spanish.</p><p>6. The chestnut horse runs swiftly over the field.</p><p>7. A rainbow shone beautifully against the dark clouds.</p><p>8. A flying fish leapt out of the splashing water.</p><p>9. The city buses stop down the street.</p><p>10. The famous general and dictator Napoleon conquered much of Europe.</p><p>11. Sandy’s uncle will teach her about airplanes.</p><p>12. My homing pigeon will return soon.</p><p>13. I see the wheat field by the forest.</p><p>14. The Inca Empire stretched up and down the western coast of Peru.</p><p>15. The menacing iceberg loomed out of the dark.</p><p>16. The ore freighter Edmund Fitzgerald sank in Lake Superior.</p><p>17. My new friend Raji told me a lot about India.</p><p>18. Snow-mantled Aconcagua stands higher than any other mountain in the Americas.</p><p>19. The Greek poet Pindar composed victory poems for athletes.</p><p>20. Salina has a big collection of postage stamps.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>74 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 14</p><p>Compound Subjects and Predicates</p><p>A compound subject consists of two or more simple subjects joined by a conjunction.</p><p>The subjects share the same verb. A compound predicate consists of two or more verbs</p><p>or verb phrases joined by a conjunction. The verbs share the same subject.</p><p>Lloyd and Millie drove from Boston to Tallahassee. (compound subject)</p><p>Brad washed and waxed his old jalopy. (compound predicate)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a vertical line between the subject and predicate. Write S above each simple</p><p>subject and P above each simple predicate.</p><p>S S P P</p><p>Lois and Clark|sat outside and looked up at the stars.</p><p>S S P</p><p>1. Our school library and cafeteria are under renovation.</p><p>S P P</p><p>2. The groundhog tunneled beneath the fence and poked its head into our yard.</p><p>S S P</p><p>3. Jules and his sister took pictures with their new camera.</p><p>S P P</p><p>4. Robins either find worms in the grass or dig for them underground.</p><p>S P P</p><p>5. The turbulent waves swirled and crashed to shore.</p><p>S S P P</p><p>6. My friends and I borrow and wear each other’s clothes.</p><p>S S P</p><p>7. A police car and an ambulance just whizzed by our house.</p><p>S P P</p><p>8. Erica sewed on the button and mended the tear.</p><p>S S S P</p><p>9. Graham crackers, marshmallows, and chocolate taste delicious together.</p><p>S S P P</p><p>10. The boy and the collie ran away but soon came back.</p><p>S P P</p><p>11. Salvador Dali, a surrealist artist, not only painted paintings but also made sculptures and</p><p>P</p><p>designed jewelry.</p><p>S S P</p><p>12. Neither Yuri nor Bruno received mail today.</p><p>S P P</p><p>13. The mountain climbers hooked up their ropes and secured their backpacks.</p><p>S S P P</p><p>14. Rea and Marissa auditioned for the lead roles in the school musical but got only chorus parts.</p><p>S P P</p><p>15. The alley cat yawned and stretched.</p><p>Unit 2, Parts of the Sentence 75</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>S S P P</p><p>16. Darren and Brian washed and waxed their dad’s car.</p><p>S S P</p><p>17. Wind and hail damaged our porch.</p><p>S S P</p><p>18. The tennis match and the track meet attracted many spectators.</p><p>S S P P</p><p>19. Both the Senate and the House discuss and vote on legislation.</p><p>S S P P</p><p>20. Jamaal and Keisha saw the movie and liked it.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw a vertical line between the subject and predicate. Write CS in the blank if the</p><p>subject is compound, CP if the predicate is compound, or B if both are compound.</p><p>CS Purple hyacinths and yellow daffodils|bloom along the back fence.</p><p>CP 1. Feng Ying wrote and edited the article for the school newspaper.</p><p>B 2. The Browns and the Sterns cooked outdoors and slept in a tent.</p><p>CP 3. Luis popped the popcorn but did not put butter on it.</p><p>CS 4. The novels of John Steinbeck and the poetry of Maya Angelou inspire me to write.</p><p>CP 5. I will either borrow or buy a leotard for dance class.</p><p>CS 6. Final exams and the SATs are the same week.</p><p>B 7. Both the bakery and the grocery bake and decorate birthday cakes.</p><p>CS 8. My name, address, and social security number appear on the job application.</p><p>CP 9. Community service projects keep me busy and give me self-esteem.</p><p>B 10. Claudio and Austin go to the gym and work out nearly every day after school.</p><p>CP 11. The track star ran and jumped the hurdles in record time.</p><p>CS 12. Quilts and baskets made up the special exhibit at the museum.</p><p>CS 13. The Big Dipper and Orion were visible in the clear night sky.</p><p>B 14. My brother and one of his friends reviewed all the math questions and studied hard</p><p>for the test.</p><p>CP 15. Albert Schweitzer won the Nobel Peace Prize and established a leper colony with</p><p>the money.</p><p>CS 16. Chemistry and government are my favorite subjects.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>76 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 2, Parts of the Sentence 77</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 15</p><p>Order of Subject and Predicate</p><p>In most sentences the subject comes before the predicate. In a sentence written in inverted</p><p>order, the predicate comes before the subject. Some sentences are written in inverted</p><p>order for variety or special emphasis. A prepositional phrase often begins this type of</p><p>sentence. The verb must agree with the subject, not with the object of the preposition.</p><p>PREDICATE SUBJECT</p><p>Across the field run the gray cats.</p><p>The subject also follows the predicate in a sentence that begins with there or here.</p><p>PREDICATE SUBJECT</p><p>There is a noise</p><p>12.75 End Punctuation: Period, Exclamation Point,</p><p>and Question Mark....................................243</p><p>12.76 Colons ........................................................245</p><p>12.77 Semicolons ................................................247</p><p>12.78 Commas and Compound Sentences .........249</p><p>12.79 Commas in a Series and between</p><p>Coordinate Adjectives...............................251</p><p>12.80 Commas and Nonessential Elements with</p><p>Interjections, Parenthetical Expressions,</p><p>and Conjunctive Adverbs .........................253</p><p>12.81 Commas and Introductory Phrases...........255</p><p>12.82 Commas and Adverb Clauses and</p><p>Antithetical Phrases ..................................257</p><p>12.83 Commas with Titles, Addresses, and</p><p>Numbers ....................................................259</p><p>12.84 Commas and Direct Address and in Tag</p><p>Questions and Letter Writing ...................261</p><p>12.85 Misused Commas ......................................263</p><p>12.86 Commas in Review....................................265</p><p>12.87 Dashes to Signal Change</p><p>and to Emphasize ......................................267</p><p>12.88 Parentheses, Brackets,</p><p>and Ellipsis Points ....................................269</p><p>12.89 Quotation Marks for Direct</p><p>Quotations .................................................271</p><p>12.90 Quotation Marks with Titles of Short Works,</p><p>Unusual Expressions, Definitions, and with</p><p>Other Marks of Punctuation .....................273</p><p>12.91 Italics .........................................................275</p><p>12.92 The Apostrophe.........................................277</p><p>12.93 The Hyphen...............................................279</p><p>12.94 Abbreviations ............................................281</p><p>12.95 Numbers and Numerals ............................283</p><p>Unit 12 Review ......................................................285</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–12 ...........................286</p><p>Part 4 Vocabulary and Spelling ...........................289</p><p>Unit 13 Vocabulary and Spelling</p><p>13.96 Building Vocabulary: Learning</p><p>from Context..............................................291</p><p>13.97 Building Vocabulary: Word Roots............293</p><p>13.98 Building Vocabulary:</p><p>Prefixes and Suffixes.................................295</p><p>13.99 Basic Spelling Rules: I ..............................297</p><p>13.100 Basic Spelling Rules: II ............................299</p><p>Review: Building Vocabulary ...............................301</p><p>Review: Basic Spelling Rules ...............................303</p><p>Part 5 Composition................................................305</p><p>Unit 14 Composition</p><p>14.101 The Writing Process: Prewriting ..............307</p><p>14.102 The Writing Process: Drafting ..................311</p><p>14.103 The Writing Process: Revising .................315</p><p>14.104 The Writing Process: Editing ...................317</p><p>14.105 The Writing Process: Presenting ..............319</p><p>14.106 Outlining ...................................................321</p><p>14.107 Writing Effective Sentences .....................323</p><p>14.108 Building Paragraphs .................................327</p><p>14.109 Paragraph Ordering ..................................331</p><p>14.110 Personal Letters .........................................333</p><p>14.111 Business Letters: Letters of Request</p><p>or Complaint..............................................337</p><p>14.112 Business Letters: Résumés</p><p>and Cover Letters .....................................339</p><p>Index ...................................................................343</p><p>TAE Tests</p><p>Unit 1: Parts of Speech........................................349</p><p>Unit 2: Parts of the Sentence...............................351</p><p>Unit 3: Phrases.....................................................353</p><p>Unit 4: Clauses and Sentence Structure .............357</p><p>Unit 5: Diagraming Sentences.............................361</p><p>Unit 6: Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood...............363</p><p>Unit 7: Subject-Verb Agreement .........................367</p><p>Unit 8: Using Pronouns Correctly.......................369</p><p>Unit 9: Using Modifiers Correctly ......................371</p><p>Unit 10: Usage .......................................................373</p><p>Unit 11: Capitalization..........................................375</p><p>Unit 12: Punctuation, Abbreviations,</p><p>and Numbers ...........................................377</p><p>Unit 13: Vocabulary and Spelling ........................381</p><p>Unit 14: Composition............................................383</p><p>Answer Key............................................................387</p><p>iv Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Handbook 1</p><p>Handbook of</p><p>Definitions</p><p>and Rules</p><p>2 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>PARTS OF SPEECH</p><p>Nouns</p><p>1. A singular noun is a word that names one person, place, thing, or idea: brother, classroom,</p><p>piglet, and joy. A plural noun names more than one person, place, thing, or idea: brothers,</p><p>classrooms, piglets, and joys.</p><p>2. To help you determine whether a word in a sentence is a noun, try adding it to the following</p><p>sentences. Nouns will fit in at least one of these sentences:</p><p>I know something about ________. I know something about a(n) ________.</p><p>I know something about brothers. I know something about a classroom.</p><p>3. A collective noun names a group. When the collective noun refers to the group as a whole, it is</p><p>singular. When it refers to the individual group members, the collective noun is plural.</p><p>The class meets two days a week. (singular)</p><p>The board of trustees come from all walks of life. (plural)</p><p>4. A common noun names a general class of people, places, things, or ideas: soldier, country,</p><p>month, or theory. A proper noun specifies a particular person, place, thing, event, or idea.</p><p>Proper nouns are always capitalized: General Schwartzkopf, America, July, or Big Bang.</p><p>5. A concrete noun names an object that occupies space or that can be recognized by any of the</p><p>senses: tuba, music, potato, and aroma. An abstract noun names an idea, a quality, or a</p><p>characteristic: courage, sanity, power, and memory.</p><p>6. A possessive noun shows possession, ownership, or the relationship between two nouns:</p><p>Raul’s house, the cat’s fur, and the girls’ soccer ball.</p><p>Pronouns</p><p>1. A pronoun takes the place of a noun, a group of words acting as a noun, or another pronoun.</p><p>2. A personal pronoun refers to a specific person or thing. First person personal pronouns refer</p><p>to the speaker, second person pronouns refer to the one spoken to, and third person pronouns</p><p>refer to the one spoken about.</p><p>Nominative Case Possessive Case Objective Case</p><p>First Person, Singular I my, mine me</p><p>First Person, Plural we our, ours us</p><p>Second Person, Singular you your, yours you</p><p>Second Person, Plural you your, yours you</p><p>Third Person, Singular he, she, it his, her, hers, its him, her, it</p><p>Third Person, Plural they their, theirs them</p><p>3. A reflexive pronoun refers to the subject of the sentence. An intensive pronoun adds emphasis</p><p>to a noun or another pronoun. A demonstrative pronoun points out specific persons, places,</p><p>things, or ideas.</p><p>Reflexive: They psyched themselves up for the football game.</p><p>Intensive: Freddie himself asked Julie out.</p><p>Demonstrative: That is a good idea! Those are my friends.</p><p>4. An interrogative pronoun is used to form questions. A relative pronoun is used to introduce a</p><p>subordinate clause. An indefinite pronoun refers to persons, places, or things in a more general</p><p>way than a noun does.</p><p>Interrogative: Which is your choice? With whom were you playing video games?</p><p>Handbook 3</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>Relative: The cake that we baked was delicious.</p><p>Indefinite: Everyone has already voted. No one should enter without knocking.</p><p>5. The antecedent of a pronoun is the word or group of words referred to by the pronoun.</p><p>Ben rode his bike to school. (Ben is the antecedent of his.)</p><p>Verbs</p><p>1. A verb is a word that expresses action or a state of being and</p><p>in the basement.</p><p>When the subject you is understood, as in a request or command, the predicate appears</p><p>without a subject.</p><p>(You) Ask your teacher to help you with these math problems.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each simple subject and two lines under each simple predicate.</p><p>Behind us was an army ambulance.</p><p>1. There goes the best teacher in our school.</p><p>2. Here is the brownie recipe from my new cookbook.</p><p>3. Lead the way to the museum.</p><p>4. Beside our house runs a little creek.</p><p>5. Next to the library stand two big oak trees.</p><p>6. Under the pile of papers lies the missing letter.</p><p>7. Here are my car keys!</p><p>8. Around the park go the horse and buggies.</p><p>9. Don’t exercise too soon after dinner.</p><p>10. Please help me in the garden.</p><p>11. On the desk in the den sits our new computer.</p><p>12. There is a recycling center at the west end of town.</p><p>13. Here on our patio gather the relatives.</p><p>14. Near one of the stores stands a mailbox.</p><p>15. On the beach scrambled the seagulls for the bread crumbs.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>78 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>16. There in the water swims a lone dolphin.</p><p>17. Here comes Nina with her two children.</p><p>18. Always stretch your muscles before a race.</p><p>19. In my mom’s hands is a list of my chores.</p><p>20. On the sidelines wait many players eager for victory.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write C beside each sentence that is a command (imperative). Write I beside each</p><p>sentence that is in inverted order. If the sentence is in inverted order, draw one line under the</p><p>simple subject and two lines under the simple predicate.</p><p>I By the tree sits Isaac with a book in his lap.</p><p>C 1. Please drive our new car very carefully.</p><p>I 2. There is no excuse for rudeness.</p><p>I 3. At the foot of the cliff galloped a black stallion.</p><p>C 4. Write your grandfather a thank-you note for the CD.</p><p>I 5. There will not be time for another game.</p><p>I 6. Down the road hops a cute little bunny rabbit.</p><p>I 7. There is a psychology course second period next term.</p><p>C 8. Please be quiet during study hall.</p><p>I 9. Here come the trombone players.</p><p>I 10. In the desert walk three camels.</p><p>C 11. Please wait for the bus with me.</p><p>C 12. Tell Josh about the red sports car around the corner.</p><p>I 13. There are no more baseball cards in the drawer.</p><p>C 14. Donate your old clothes to the homeless.</p><p>C 15. Take Rosa’s dog for a walk around the neighborhood.</p><p>I 16. There was I, all alone in the dark.</p><p>I 17. In the barn mooed the cows.</p><p>I 18. Across the street appeared a “For Sale” sign.</p><p>C 19. Come to the pep rally after school tomorrow.</p><p>I 20. In the kitchen boil the eggs.</p><p>For item 20, students who wrote C in the blank should have underscored boil twice but</p><p>eggs not at all. You may wish to have students explain their answers for item 20.</p><p>Unit 2, Parts of the Sentence 79</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 16</p><p>Direct and Indirect Objects</p><p>A complement is a word or phrase that completes the meaning of a verb. A direct object</p><p>is one type of complement. It answers the question what? or whom? after an action verb.</p><p>Martha cooked chicken for dinner. (Chicken answers the question what? )</p><p>An indirect object is also a complement. It answers the question to whom? for whom? to</p><p>what? or for what? after an action verb.</p><p>I sent June an invitation to the masquerade party. (June answers the question to whom?)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw two lines under each verb. Circle each direct object.</p><p>The clay maker formed a lovely round vase.</p><p>1. Barb will call us at home.</p><p>2. Li explained the phrase.</p><p>3. Amy asked Lisa and Todd to come.</p><p>4. Randolph designed the go-cart.</p><p>5. Bill tossed the volleyball over the net.</p><p>6. Shawna sang six songs at the concert.</p><p>7. Tess will paint the ceramic bird.</p><p>8. After school, Brad cleaned the garage.</p><p>9. Lucy carefully tilled the sprouting flowers.</p><p>10. The dashing colonel rallied his troops.</p><p>11. The moderator is concluding the discussion.</p><p>12. Jennifer closed the barn door behind her.</p><p>13. I adjusted my binoculars for the far horizon.</p><p>14. Jamal claimed the abandoned kite.</p><p>15. Yolanda rode her horse at the barrel riding contest.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>80 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>16. Sean did not drop the card.</p><p>17. Carla really overdid that cheerleading performance.</p><p>18. The high pinnacles of the cumulus clouds formed fantastic battlements, bastions, and towers.</p><p>19. For centuries, the long tentacles of the giant squid have frightened mariners.</p><p>20. Sunee is saving her diaries for posterity.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Circle each direct object. Draw one line under each indirect object.</p><p>Our math teacher gave us a quiz on variables today.</p><p>1. Little Cindy lent me a toy teacup.</p><p>2. Samantha will give Zack a valentine.</p><p>3. The white-bearded man offered Tricia the book of poems.</p><p>4. Liam bought Eileen the roses.</p><p>5. The duke sent Miss Emily the silver box.</p><p>6. Asford brought us the keys to the castle.</p><p>7. Deebra promised Edmund the video.</p><p>8. Walter, would you make me a translation of these hieroglyphs?</p><p>9. My little brother built me a model airplane.</p><p>10. Louise told the Smiths the tale of the broken window and the errant baseball.</p><p>11. But Sam guaranteed us better results!</p><p>12. Vanessa wrote the prince a long, sad letter about her change of heart.</p><p>13. General Pershing awarded my grandfather this medal.</p><p>14. Kenji, throw her the ball!</p><p>15. The mysterious lady on the foggy pier handed Monty a letter.</p><p>16. Well, I must teach him batting technique.</p><p>17. Camilla will show Henry her diary.</p><p>18. Oh, come on, Susan; sing us your song.</p><p>19. Tommy will paint Kara a portrait of herself on horseback.</p><p>20. I would have given them the truth had they asked for it.</p><p>Lesson 17</p><p>Object and Subject Complements</p><p>An object complement is a noun, pronoun, or adjective that completes the meaning of a</p><p>direct object by identifying or describing it.</p><p>Paul elected himself president. (noun)</p><p>Paul calls the car his. (pronoun)</p><p>Paul found the computer useful. (adjective)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Above each object complement, write N for noun, P for pronoun, or A for adjective.</p><p>A</p><p>The director considers Neal perfect for the lead role.</p><p>N</p><p>1. Mi-Ling made herself chairperson of the activities committee.</p><p>A</p><p>2. Carl Sagan finds the study of astronomy very fascinating.</p><p>P</p><p>3. My sister considers my clothes hers.</p><p>N</p><p>4. Claudio finds television a waste of time.</p><p>N</p><p>5. Grace hopes her classmates will elect her treasurer.</p><p>N</p><p>6. Roger plans to make history his major.</p><p>A A</p><p>7. I find rollercoasters scary but fun.</p><p>N</p><p>8. Scientists call a cloud of interstellar gas and dust a nebula.</p><p>N</p><p>9. Our school makes Yom Kippur a holiday.</p><p>A</p><p>10. My dad considers the restaurant’s prices exorbitant.</p><p>A</p><p>11. Isaiah’s silly faces rendered his sister incoherent with laughter.</p><p>N N</p><p>12. Sandy calls her cats “Taffy” and “Taboo.”</p><p>N</p><p>13. The rock star appointed the wrestler her bodyguard.</p><p>P</p><p>14. Our neighbors call our fence theirs.</p><p>N</p><p>15. I consider chocolate mousse my favorite dessert.</p><p>N</p><p>16. Our class considers pollution an urgent problem.</p><p>Unit 2, Parts of the Sentence 81</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>A</p><p>17. The detective found the circumstances extremely suspicious.</p><p>A</p><p>18. The magician found his assistant very helpful.</p><p>P</p><p>19. The referee called the basket ours.</p><p>A</p><p>20. Did I tell you that peanuts make me sick?</p><p>A subject complement follows a subject and a linking verb and identifies or describes the</p><p>subject. One type of subject complement is a predicate nominative. It is</p><p>a noun or</p><p>pronoun that follows a linking verb and gives more information about the subject.</p><p>Montana is a northern state.</p><p>Another type of subject complement is a predicate adjective. It is an adjective that</p><p>follows a linking verb and gives more information about the subject.</p><p>The whole issue seems irrelevant.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write PN above each predicate nominative and PA above each predicate adjective.</p><p>PN PA</p><p>Juan became class president, and his parents were proud.</p><p>PN</p><p>1. The seats in our new sports car are tan leather.</p><p>PA</p><p>2. Debussy’s music sounds very dreamy.</p><p>PA</p><p>3. Jenny was ecstatic that she got into the musical theater program.</p><p>PA</p><p>4. Mrs. Lopez seemed upset that Jason forgot to mow her lawn.</p><p>PN</p><p>5. Michael Jordan is a hero to many young people.</p><p>PA</p><p>6. The sizzling bacon smelled delicious.</p><p>PN</p><p>7. Tennis is a sport I like to watch.</p><p>PN</p><p>8. Freud’s ideas remain an important part of the study of psychology.</p><p>PA PA</p><p>9. Diane’s cat appeared weak and listless, so she took it to the vet.</p><p>PN</p><p>10. Monet is my favorite impressionist painter.</p><p>PA PA</p><p>11. The minestrone soup tasted too salty and spicy.</p><p>PN PN</p><p>12. Karsten is a martial arts expert and a karate teacher.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>82 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 2, Parts of the Sentence 83</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 2 Review</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a vertical line between the subject and the predicate. Draw one line under the</p><p>simple subject and two lines under the simple predicate.</p><p>A history teacher at our high school won a prestigious award.</p><p>1. We researched, brain-stormed, and wrote an outline in one night.</p><p>2. The Amazon River contains one-fifth of the world’s fresh river water.</p><p>3. There go Jake, Sara, Franco, and Diaz to the pool hall.</p><p>4. My mom, the best cook in the world, makes hot and steamy chicken noodle soup.</p><p>5. I wrote two letters and mailed them at the post office.</p><p>6. The race car, with the driver still in it, veered out of control during the last lap.</p><p>7. Across the street and through the park scrambled the gray squirrel.</p><p>8. Knights in the Middle Ages needed impenetrable armor for obvious reasons.</p><p>9. Our science class performed an experiment with polluted water.</p><p>10. In the gym at the club are exercise bikes, treadmills, weights, and chin-up bars.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Circle each direct object and underline each indirect object. Above each subject</p><p>complement write PN (predicate nominative) or PA (predicate adjective). Above each object</p><p>complement write N (noun), P (pronoun), or A (adjective).</p><p>Ahmik brought me roses on our first date.</p><p>PN</p><p>1. Mrs. Cathcart became the principal of our school.</p><p>2. The secret agent gave General Kiddoo and his assistant the government files.</p><p>PA PA</p><p>3. The subway was quite noisy but clean.</p><p>A A</p><p>4. I found the pizza too soggy and greasy.</p><p>PN PN</p><p>5. Examples of endangered species are the American eagle, the red wolf, and the</p><p>PN</p><p>loggerhead turtle.</p><p>N</p><p>6. The student body elected Ramón president.</p><p>P</p><p>7. Rolf considers everything in his room his.</p><p>PA PA</p><p>8. I grew cold and weary during the long football game.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>84 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–2</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a line between the complete subject and the complete predicate. In the blank</p><p>write the part of speech of the italicized word.</p><p>noun The cleanliness of Mia’s room shocked her mother.</p><p>adjective 1. They saw the white tiger at the zoo.</p><p>verb 2. I thought long and hard about her advice.</p><p>verb 3. Soccer remains Scott’s major source of exercise.</p><p>pronoun 4. Dr. Dawson is the one who signed my medical forms.</p><p>pronoun 5. Nobody can watch our dog while we’re gone.</p><p>conjunction or correlative conj. 6. Both trucks and cars had to stop at the roadblock.</p><p>adverb 7. You climbed the hill too fast for me!</p><p>preposition 8. Please empty the milk into the measuring cup.</p><p>pronoun or possessive pro. 9. The book over there is yours.</p><p>noun 10. My dad, mom, sister, and I rode the streetcar in San Francisco.</p><p>adverb or conjunctive adv. 11. The reporter interviewed me for the school paper; moreover, the</p><p>photographer took my picture.</p><p>adjective or demonstrative pronoun 12. Please take that tray back to the cafeteria.</p><p>pronoun or demonstrative pro. 13. This is the worst movie I’ve ever seen.</p><p>noun 14. My father is a professor of philosophy.</p><p>conjunction or subordinating conj. 15. We will meet for practice on the field tomorrow unless it rains.</p><p>pronoun or intensive pro. 16. Mona herself braved the winter weather to shovel the snow.</p><p>noun or proper noun 17. Jonathan Swift was an English author and satirist.</p><p>adjective 18. The chef at Luigi’s specializes in Italian cuisine.</p><p>verb 19. The pirate is hiding the treasure in the ship.</p><p>conjunction or coordinating conj. 20. Omar works in the bakery but doesn’t eat sweets.</p><p>adverb 21. The sun is remarkably bright today!</p><p>interjection 22. Oh, no! I forgot to put on sunscreen!</p><p>Unit 3: Phrases</p><p>Lesson 18</p><p>Prepositional Phrases</p><p>A prepositional phrase is a group of words that begins with a preposition and usually</p><p>ends with a noun or a pronoun, called the object of the preposition.</p><p>I will meet you at the movie. (Movie is the object of the preposition at.)</p><p>Prepositional phrases may occur in a series and may have more than one object.</p><p>My skis sped down the hill over the cliff into the river. (three prepositional phrases)</p><p>We sent invitations to Jack, Kumar, and Renee. (three objects of the preposition to)</p><p>COMMON PREPOSITIONS</p><p>about beneath inside since</p><p>above beside into than</p><p>across between like through</p><p>after beyond near to</p><p>against but (except) of toward</p><p>along by off under</p><p>among concerning on until</p><p>around down onto up</p><p>as during out upon</p><p>at except outside with</p><p>before for over within</p><p>behind from past without</p><p>below in</p><p>A prepositional phrase functions as an adjective when it modifies a noun or a pronoun. It</p><p>functions as an adverb when it modifies a verb, an adjective, or an adverb.</p><p>Can you identify that bird in the garden? (adjective phrase modifying the noun bird)</p><p>Please take this paint brush to your father. (adverb phrase modifying the verb take)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline each prepositional phrase.</p><p>The biosphere is the total of all biological communities on Earth.</p><p>1. The biosphere extends for many miles; it begins at seven miles above sea level and continues</p><p>for an equal distance into the ocean’s depths.</p><p>2. Scientists divide the biosphere into ecosystems and study how organisms interact with each other.</p><p>3. Ecosystems are affected by environmental factors.</p><p>Unit 3, Phrases 85</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>4. Climate, the range of weather conditions over a period of time, affects ecosystems.</p><p>5. These conditions consist of rainfall, sunlight, temperature, wind, and humidity.</p><p>6. Climate itself is affected by latitude, a location’s distance north or south of the equator.</p><p>7. Places near the Equator receive more of the sun’s light than those near the poles.</p><p>8. Landforms in an ecosystem also affect the characteristics of its climate.</p><p>9. Large bodies of water moderate the temperatures of land along their shores.</p><p>10. Elevation, the distance of a place above sea level or below sea level, also has an effect</p><p>on climate.</p><p>11. On land, higher elevations are colder than the areas beneath them.</p><p>12. In the deepest areas of the sea, many areas feel greater pressure from the waters above them.</p><p>13. This affects the kinds of organisms that</p><p>can thrive under such conditions.</p><p>14. The soil within an area also affects ecosystems.</p><p>15. Soil contains various amounts of organic material, minerals, and rocks.</p><p>16. Soils also have air and water in varying amounts.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write adj. in the blank if the italicized phrase functions as an adjective and adv. if</p><p>it functions as an adverb.</p><p>adv. Water is essential to the biosphere.</p><p>adv. 1. Carbon, oxygen, and nitrogen also cycle through the biosphere.</p><p>adv., adv., adv. 2. In the water cycle, water vapor condenses and falls to Earth as precipitation.</p><p>adj., adv. 3. Some of the precipitation is absorbed into the soil.</p><p>adv. 4. Another part is used by plants and animals.</p><p>adj., adv. 5. Most of the remaining precipitation makes its way into rivers, lakes, and oceans.</p><p>adj., adv. 6. The process of evaporation takes this standing water back into the atmosphere.</p><p>adv., adv. 7. During this process, liquid water changes into a gas.</p><p>adv., adv. 8. This gas, or water vapor, is also put into the atmosphere by breathing humans,</p><p>animals, and plants.</p><p>adv. 9. Nitrogen is another element essential for life.</p><p>adj., adv. 10. Although much of Earth’s atmosphere is nitrogen, most organisms cannot take</p><p>nitrogen straight from the air.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>86 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 19</p><p>Participles, Participial Phrases, and Absolute Phrases</p><p>A participle is a verb form that can function as an adjective. Present participles always</p><p>have an -ing ending. Past participles often end in -ed, but some take other forms. Many</p><p>common adjectives are participles.</p><p>I tried to wash my stained shirt. (Stained is a participle that modifies the noun shirt.)</p><p>A participial phrase contains a participle plus its modifiers. Since it functions as an</p><p>adjective, it can appear in various places in a sentence. When it appears at the beginning</p><p>of a sentence or is nonessential, a participial phrase is set off by commas.</p><p>Stumbling over the junk, I decided to clean up the garage.</p><p>The farm, devastated by the storm, lay in ruins.</p><p>A past participle is sometimes used with the present participle of the helping verbs have</p><p>and be.</p><p>Having studied for hours, I went for a walk. We watched the cliff being dashed by</p><p>the waves.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline each participle and participial phrase.</p><p>Packing carefully, we prepared for our camping trip.</p><p>1. Yelling with all our might, we sat in the cheering section.</p><p>2. Did anyone ever tell you that you have a winning smile?</p><p>3. Feeling like a fool, I appeared from behind the curtain in a checkered costume.</p><p>4. Blushing, Estrella accepted the praise of her cycling buddies.</p><p>5. What should we do with this picked fruit?</p><p>6. The leaning buildings were knocked down by the wrecking ball.</p><p>7. Breathing hard, the runners crossed the finish line.</p><p>8. The dog, caught between the two fierce cats, fled the yard.</p><p>9. Badly injured, the accident victims were helicoptered to the trauma center.</p><p>10. Holding our breaths, we watched the hero being stalked by the villain.</p><p>11. The crumpled shipment of dishes contained many cracked items.</p><p>12. Tires screaming, the racing car rounded the track.</p><p>13. The photographer shooting the wedding focused several pictures on the smiling parents.</p><p>14. The speaker at the museum was a respected environmentalist.</p><p>Unit 3, Phrases 87</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>15. My typing rate changed drastically due to my broken wrist.</p><p>16. Hoping for the best, we opened the basement door after the raging flood.</p><p>17. The team has finally broken its losing streak!</p><p>18. Don’t forget your backpack lying behind the sofa.</p><p>19. Clutching her mother’s hand, the child skated slowly over the frozen rink.</p><p>20. Slashing the vegetation ahead, the explorers ploughed through the overgrown jungle.</p><p>An absolute phrase consists of a noun or a pronoun that is modified by a participle or a</p><p>participial phrase. It stands “absolutely” by itself, having no grammatical relation to the</p><p>complete subject or the complete predicate of a sentence.</p><p>Its leaves burned off by the fire, the dead tree fell.</p><p>In some absolute phrases the participle being is understood rather than stated.</p><p>We hurried to the game, our anticipation (being) high.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline each absolute phrase. Do not underline any participial phrase that is</p><p>grammatically related to the rest of a sentence.</p><p>We hoped for a clear weekend, Friday being dreary.</p><p>1. Her suspicions confirmed, the police officer made the arrest.</p><p>2. Backing out of the driveway, I hit the mailbox.</p><p>3. They will take the daytime train, the landscape inviting.</p><p>4. My doubts relieved, I gained confidence as the game progressed.</p><p>5. Peering through a microscope, the scientist identified several microbes.</p><p>6. His dogs panting with exertion, Hagos took a break from his run.</p><p>7. Its shutters hanging limply in the wind, the house looked abandoned and forlorn.</p><p>8. The car rusted and worthless, I left it at the junkyard.</p><p>9. Wearing a red plaid outfit, Lydia looked like a character in a novel.</p><p>10. Everything planned in advance, the party went like clockwork.</p><p>11. We scrambled from the car, racing to the amusement park gates.</p><p>12. Moving quickly, the lion cut off the fleeing zebra.</p><p>13. My garden is dying, pesticides having been applied by mistake.</p><p>14. As the parole board met to decide the fates of several people, the prisoner was hoping for parole.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>88 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 20</p><p>Gerunds and Gerund Phrases; Appositives</p><p>and Appositive Phrases</p><p>A gerund is a verb form that ends in -ing and functions as a noun.</p><p>Skating is my favorite sport. (gerund as subject)</p><p>My friends all love skating. (gerund as direct object)</p><p>We give skating much consideration. (gerund as indirect object)</p><p>I will teach a class in skating. (gerund as object of a preposition)</p><p>My father’s favorites are skiing and swimming. (gerunds as predicate nominatives)</p><p>Two sports, skiing and sledding, are popular. (gerunds as appositives)</p><p>A gerund phrase is a gerund with its modifiers.</p><p>Running in marathons is my mother’s constant passion.</p><p>Her success is due to quality training.</p><p>Though they both end in -ing, do not confuse a gerund, used as a noun, with a present</p><p>participle, used as an adjective.</p><p>Standing in the rain, we wished we had brought umbrellas. (participial phrase)</p><p>Standing in the rain got us soaked to the skin. (gerund phrase)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline each gerund or gerund phrase.</p><p>Traveling under cover of night helped slaves escape to the North.</p><p>1. I love walking in the moonlight and looking for nocturnal animals.</p><p>2. Rushing for the bus caused me to fall and scrape my knee.</p><p>3. Our class is committed to recycling, as well as to reducing the amount of package waste.</p><p>4. My sister’s whining is her least appealing trait.</p><p>5. Shoving people aside, the thief leapt over the counter and fled the scene.</p><p>6. Chad’s best track events are broad jumping and sprinting.</p><p>7. We all hate cleaning our rooms, but no one seems to be giving us any choice.</p><p>8. Do we get any credit for guessing?</p><p>9. Eating the dog’s food is our cat’s favorite activity.</p><p>10. Almost totaling the car last week really frightened my brother.</p><p>11. Returning to the campsite, the campers saw bear tracks.</p><p>12. I love waking up to the singing of the birds and the rising of the sun.</p><p>Unit 3, Phrases 89</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>13. Bringing in the hay and storing it</p><p>in the barn was exhausting work.</p><p>14. Hovering over the mouse, the hawk plunged to Earth.</p><p>15. Painting the garage every summer is Gary’s way to relieve stress.</p><p>16. We debated driving, but because of the distance decided on flying.</p><p>An appositive is a noun or pronoun that is placed next to another noun or pronoun to</p><p>identify or give more information about it. An appositive phrase is an appositive plus</p><p>its modifiers.</p><p>His cousin Fred is an astronomy whiz. (The appositive Fred identifies the noun cousin.)</p><p>He writes for Sky and Telescope, the astronomy magazine. (The appositive phrase the</p><p>astronomy magazine identifies Sky and Telescope.)</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline each appositive or appositive phrase.</p><p>The twins, Mark and Mabel, are both tall.</p><p>1. My aunt Helene bought a farm outside Toledo.</p><p>2. The comics, Seth and Josh, kept us in stitches for hours.</p><p>3. She moved to Albany, the capital of New York.</p><p>4. During first and second periods I have science and math, my best courses.</p><p>5. Kimane, the soccer captain, got an award.</p><p>6. I watched a documentary about Hank Aaron, the baseball great who broke Babe Ruth’s home</p><p>run record.</p><p>7. Walden is my favorite book by the naturalist Henry David Thoreau.</p><p>8. My fingers, cold sticks of ice, were frostbitten from being out in the cold too long.</p><p>9. I write for our student newspaper Hall Pass.</p><p>10. Was that your famous relative, the mountain climber?</p><p>11. My oldest brother, Tim, is on leave from the air force.</p><p>12. My cat Huckleberry lived for almost twenty years.</p><p>13. Let’s see the theater’s new production, Arsenic and Old Lace.</p><p>14. Rami, my best friend, is moving out of town.</p><p>15. The dancers, members of Ms. Contreras’s class, leaped and twirled through the audience.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>90 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 21</p><p>Infinitives and Infinitive Phrases</p><p>An infinitive is a verb form that is usually preceded by the word to and is used as a</p><p>noun, an adjective, or an adverb. The word to used before the base form of a verb is part</p><p>of the infinitive form of the verb, not a preposition.</p><p>To lie is dishonorable. (infinitive as subject)</p><p>Everyone needs to study. (infinitive as direct object)</p><p>Their orders were to retreat. (infinitive as predicate nominative)</p><p>That would be a fun cave to explore. (infinitive as adjective)</p><p>The audience was waiting to applaud. (infinitive as adverb)</p><p>An infinitive phrase is an infinitive with its modifiers.</p><p>We hope to climb the mountain by nightfall.</p><p>Do you have to play your music so loudly?</p><p>To study after the test is a little backwards.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline each infinitive.</p><p>The space shuttle is designed to launch like a rocket and to land like an airplane.</p><p>1. It is large enough to carry as many as eight astronauts and over fifty thousand pounds of cargo.</p><p>2. The shuttle was designed to allow humans and equipment access to space on a regular basis.</p><p>3. Within the first ten years of its flight history, the shuttle managed to fly over forty missions.</p><p>4. The shuttle has many uses; it is often used to deploy satellites.</p><p>5. In a few cases the shuttle has been used to capture wandering spacecraft.</p><p>6. In a recovery mission in December of 1993, the shuttle Endeavour and its crew were sent to</p><p>repair the Hubble Space Telescope.</p><p>7. Instruments aboard the shuttle are able to collect data on a variety of phenomena.</p><p>8. Mission to Planet Earth is a program geared to observe the effects that humans have on this planet.</p><p>9. A laboratory program called ATLAS has been created to study Earth’s upper atmosphere and</p><p>to collect data on the sun’s environment and energy output.</p><p>10. The UARS satellite, carried by shuttle to Earth’s orbit, was set up to examine the levels of</p><p>life-sustaining gases above Earth.</p><p>11. Some scientists believe that data from this satellite reveal that the ozone layer is continuing to</p><p>get thinner.</p><p>Unit 3, Phrases 91</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>12. A variety of telescopic instruments use the shuttle as a platform from which to observe the</p><p>universe beyond Earth.</p><p>13. The Galileo probe, heading to Jupiter to observe the giant planet, was launched from the</p><p>shuttle Atlantis in 1989.</p><p>14. Ulysses, launched from Discovery in 1990 and heading toward the sun, is programmed to</p><p>collect information on the sun’s poles starting in 1995.</p><p>15. Scientists think we will learn things about Earth and our environment that we cannot begin to</p><p>imagine today.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline each to functioning as an infinitive and circle each to functioning as</p><p>a preposition.</p><p>Tamara Jernigan belongs to the United States Volleyball Association.</p><p>1. She is the only member of that organization to fly the space shuttle to Earth’s orbit.</p><p>2. Jernigan has served as mission specialist on two shuttle flights, where she was able to test</p><p>physical conditioning in space.</p><p>3. She notes that while all athletes have a duty to keep in shape, there are different things to deal</p><p>with in space.</p><p>4. For example, few athletes ever have to adjust to microgravity.</p><p>5. The human experiment in space has taught astronauts that they have to counteract anti-gravity</p><p>effects on the body by exercising while they are actually flying.</p><p>6. Jernigan uses the Russian space station Mir to point out the necessity of conditioning, both</p><p>before and during flights.</p><p>7. She says the Russians exercise regularly on Mir because they do not want to get de-conditioned</p><p>to Earth’s gravitational forces.</p><p>8. Jernigan herself runs and tries to work out with a high school volleyball team, all in addition to</p><p>her work with the USVA.</p><p>9. She describes the exercise equipment that the astronauts are able to take into space.</p><p>10. The ogometer is a bicycle-like device, and she discovered it was a fine way to exercise.</p><p>11. Unfortunately, she points out, exercising causes the shuttle to shake, which messes up the fine-</p><p>tuned experiments that other astronauts are trying to carry out.</p><p>12. Obviously, someone needs to develop a way of exercising so as not to disturb the shuttle balance.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>92 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 22</p><p>Distinguishing Participial, Gerund,</p><p>and Infinitive Phrases</p><p>The three types of verbal phrases—participial, gerund, and infinitive—are closely related</p><p>to verbs. However, they are not used as verbs, but as nouns, adjectives, and adverbs. You</p><p>can distinguish the kinds of phrases by identifying the way they are used in a sentence.</p><p>A participial phrase is used as an adjective and can be in the present or past tense.</p><p>A gerund phrase is used as a noun and ends in -ing.</p><p>An infinitive phrase can be used as a noun, an adjective, or an adverb, and is usually</p><p>preceded by the word to.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write P in the blank if the italicized phrase is a participial phrase, G for gerund</p><p>phrase, or I for infinitive phrase.</p><p>I She hopes to become a field biologist.</p><p>P 1. Matty bought me an elephant carved from wood.</p><p>G, I 2. Memorizing poetry is a good way to maintain brain power.</p><p>I 3. Do you want to copy my notes?</p><p>P 4. The teacher handed back my theme, edited by her assistant.</p><p>G, I 5. Jack’s dream, rafting the wild river, was soon to be realized.</p><p>P, P 6. The lifeguard, swimming as quickly as possible, approached the swimmer calling for help.</p><p>P, I 7. Weaving dangerously, the truck managed to stay on the slippery road.</p><p>I 8. Our fund raiser will help to support the new environmental center.</p><p>I 9. My friend agreed to keep my secret.</p><p>G 10. Singing in the shower is my greatest talent.</p><p>I 11. Can you help me to paint these lawn chairs?</p><p>P 12. The balloons</p><p>hanging from the ceiling added the final touch to our decorations.</p><p>I, P 13. I hope you don’t plan to meet my parents dressed as a pirate!</p><p>I 14. She is in training to swim across the lake.</p><p>I 15. Do you expect me to make excuses for you?</p><p>P 16. Leaping into the air, the kitten caught the butterfly.</p><p>G 17. Everyone in class was confused and kept missing the point.</p><p>Unit 3, Phrases 93</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>I 18. We traveled to Florida to watch the launch of the space shuttle.</p><p>G 19. Eating pizza is one of my passions.</p><p>I, P 20. I hate to hear those mosquitoes droning around my bed.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw a line under each verbal phrase below. Write P in the blank if it is a</p><p>participial phrase, G if it is a gerund phrase, or I if it is an infinitive phrase.</p><p>P Climbing the tree, the kitten got trapped at the top.</p><p>G 1. The residents heard the sound of shattering glass.</p><p>G 2. Playing the trumpet is Jacky’s best skill.</p><p>P 3. Edging closer to the generals, the spy listened to their war plans.</p><p>I 4. Where did you learn to make pottery?</p><p>G 5. Working overtime is contributing to my savings.</p><p>G 6. Searching for treasure attracts many people.</p><p>P 7. Seeing its chance, the squirrel darted across the highway.</p><p>P 8. In the spring, the hillsides covered with wildflowers attract many visitors.</p><p>I 9. To abandon a pet is a crime.</p><p>G 10. Taggart hates being shy.</p><p>I 11. Hani plans to visit the Keck Telescope in Hawaii.</p><p>P 12. Shivering with cold and fatigue, the stranded travelers huddled together under a blanket.</p><p>P 13. Waving sadly, our aunt watched us drive out of the driveway.</p><p>I 14. I don’t want to argue with you any more!</p><p>P, I 15. Broken in the fall, my leg took forever to heal soundly.</p><p>G 16. Mowing the lawn is not my favorite task.</p><p>G 17. My hobby, practicing magic tricks, takes up my spare time.</p><p>P 18. The team, disappointed by their loss, could not be comforted.</p><p>P, I 19. Judging by your mood, I don’t think you want to hear the bad news.</p><p>P 20. I thought I saw you hiding in the bushes.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>94 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 3, Phrases 95</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 3 Review</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each participial phrase, two lines under each gerund phrase,</p><p>and a circle around each infinitive phrase.</p><p>Sighing in boredom, Rod waited for Jo to leave the house.</p><p>1. Excited over their victory, the players hurried to board the bus.</p><p>2. Be sure to watch out for deer crossing the highway.</p><p>3. Giving yourself credit for an accomplishment is often a hard thing to do with comfort.</p><p>4. A loon’s cry sounded, breaking the evening silence.</p><p>5. I have to travel to the west side, but I don’t know how to transfer on the bus.</p><p>6. Speaking in whispers, the adults tried not to awaken the children.</p><p>7. Bursting with pride, Keven showed us his trophy.</p><p>8. Stunned into silence, the spectators could not believe the final score.</p><p>9. Looking through binoculars is the best way to see many songbirds.</p><p>10. Renee, adjusting her backpack, started out to cross the canyon trail.</p><p>11. After thinking about it, I’d like to invite your sister to our party.</p><p>12. Where should we go to buy some snacks to feed our guests?</p><p>13. I plan to study sculpting in wood next summer.</p><p>14. Ms. Plunkett offered to teach us chess.</p><p>15. Rehearsing a play is hard work.</p><p>16. Pulling out all the drawers, the thieves ransacked the house.</p><p>17. Is it time to plant the tomatoes?</p><p>18. Seating herself on the lawn, Sarah began to eat her huge sandwich.</p><p>19. Watching the sky for meteors is a fine summer evening pastime.</p><p>20. Our dog limped home covered with mud and burrs.</p><p>21. I want to learn geometry, but I do not want to take any tests!</p><p>22. Smelling of skunk, the garage needed airing out.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>96 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–3</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a vertical line (|) between the complete subject and the complete predicate in</p><p>each sentence.</p><p>The moaning wind increased in intensity.</p><p>1. Millions of monarch butterflies migrate every year to trees in Mexico.</p><p>2. Some students actually complete their homework in study hall.</p><p>3. Mother takes classes in botany and geology at the local community college.</p><p>4. The sounds of coughing and sneezing came from the room full of cold-ridden students.</p><p>5. The Terminator movies are much too violent.</p><p>6. The spring rains, together with the heavy snow melt, turned the mountain trails into soggy,</p><p>dripping bogs.</p><p>7. The rainforests, which produce so much oxygen, are often called the earth’s lungs.</p><p>8. The Gingham Dog and the Calico Cat are characters in a nursery rhyme.</p><p>9. Huckleberry Finn is one of the finest novels ever written by an American.</p><p>10. My family, followed by my friends and neighbors, yelled “Surprise!”</p><p>11. Tami took her bird guide and her binoculars into the woods.</p><p>12. The animals ran, crawled, flew, or otherwise fled the forest fire.</p><p>13. Grandpa has to decide between chess and checkers.</p><p>14. Owls, which have no sense of smell, are able to prey on skunks.</p><p>15. To figure out the path through the ruins took some concentration.</p><p>16. A newly released pollution study warned about the dangers of chlorine.</p><p>17. To abandon a friend in need is a dishonorable act.</p><p>18. The runners, followed by several laughing children, crossed the finish line.</p><p>19. Our fund raiser collected enough money for two weeks’ supplies for the food pantry.</p><p>20. Carrie can identify most plants in the wild.</p><p>21. The clock hands always pointed to 3:37, day and night.</p><p>22. Nelson controlled the marionette’s strings.</p><p>23. The steam from the cocoa curled up through the frigid air.</p><p>24. Cutting the grass would be Cole’s last chore for the day.</p><p>25. Stop here to fill your tank.</p><p>Unit 4: Clauses and Sentence Structure</p><p>Lesson 23</p><p>Main and Subordinate Clauses</p><p>A main clause is a group of words that contains a complete subject and a complete</p><p>predicate. Also known as an independent clause, a main clause can stand alone as a</p><p>complete sentence.</p><p>Tyler read the morning paper. (main clause)</p><p>A subordinate clause also contains a subject and a predicate, but it cannot stand alone.</p><p>Because it depends on a main clause to make sense, it is also known as a dependent</p><p>clause. A subordinate clause usually begins with a subordinating conjunction.</p><p>While he ate his toast [subordinate clause], Tyler read the morning paper.</p><p>SUBORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS</p><p>Time: after, as, as soon as, before, since, until, when, whenever, while</p><p>Place: where, wherever</p><p>Manner: as, as if, as though</p><p>Cause: a, because, inasmuch as, since, so that</p><p>Concession: although, even though, though</p><p>Condition: if, unless</p><p>A subordinate clause may also begin with a relative pronoun (such as who, whose,</p><p>whom, which, that, or what). In some subordinate clauses, the connecting word also</p><p>serves as the subject of the clause.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Check (✔) the blank before each sentence that contains a subordinate clause.</p><p>✔ Louis Braille (1809–1852) lost his sight in an accident when he was three years old.</p><p>✔ 1. When he was fourteen, he invented today’s most common system of writing for the blind.</p><p>2. As an adult, he became a teacher of the blind.</p><p>3. In the Braille system, letters, numbers, and punctuation marks—even musical notes—</p><p>are written in units called Braille “cells.”</p><p>4. Each cell contains between one and six raised dots.</p><p>✔ 5. Visually impaired people who have been taught Braille</p><p>can read these raised dots with</p><p>their fingertips.</p><p>✔ 6. Because sixty-three unique combinations of dots are possible, Braille is quite flexible.</p><p>✔ 7. Louis Braille determined that these raised dots can be interpreted much faster than</p><p>raised lettering.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 97</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>✔ 8. Even though it is more practical than raised lettering, the Braille system was not used</p><p>widely until more than a century after its invention.</p><p>9. The six positions in a cell are arranged in two vertical columns of three positions each.</p><p>10. Each position in a cell is identified by a number.</p><p>11. For example, the number one position is the upper left-hand corner of the cell.</p><p>12. Immediately beneath it is the number two position.</p><p>✔ 13. When a single raised dot appears in the number one position, the cell represents the</p><p>letter a.</p><p>✔ 14. When both the number one and number two positions contain dots, the cell represents</p><p>the letter b.</p><p>15. Special signs are used to precede numbers and capital letters.</p><p>16. The number sign is a cell with dots in positions 3, 4, 5, and 6.</p><p>✔ 17. The first ten letters of the alphabet represent numerals if they are preceded by the</p><p>number sign.</p><p>✔ 18. For example, a cell that would otherwise represent the letter a represents the Arabic</p><p>numeral 1 if it is preceded by a number sign.</p><p>✔ 19. Similarly, whenever a cell with a single dot in position 6 appears, the reader knows that</p><p>the next letter is a capital.</p><p>20. Braille can be written by manual or mechanical means.</p><p>✔ 21. A Braille writing machine is similar to a typewriter except that it has only six keys, one</p><p>corresponding to each dot in the Braille cell.</p><p>✔ 22. An ordinary personal computer can convert printed material to Braille by using a</p><p>special device that embosses dots on paper.</p><p>23. Another method of writing Braille involves using a slate and stylus to form raised dots</p><p>on paper.</p><p>✔ 24. Although Braille provides visually impaired individuals with access to important</p><p>information found in books, its usefulness doesn’t stop there.</p><p>✔ 25. Because writing is such an intrinsic part of everyday life, Braille’s most important role</p><p>may be furnishing visually impaired people with a medium for letters, grocery lists,</p><p>and phone messages.</p><p>� Writing Link Write a brief paragraph about the reading and writing you do in the course of an</p><p>ordinary day. Use at least two subordinate clauses.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>98 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 24</p><p>Simple and Compound Sentences</p><p>A simple sentence has one complete subject and one complete predicate. The subject, the</p><p>predicate, or both may be compound.</p><p>SUBJECT PREDICATE</p><p>Most dogs are pets</p><p>They provide pleasure and companionship.</p><p>(compound predicate)</p><p>Seeing Eye® dogs and other assistance dogs give the gift of independence.</p><p>(compound subject)</p><p>Two or more simple sentences, each considered a main clause, may be combined to form a</p><p>compound sentence. Main clauses can be joined to build a compound sentence by using a</p><p>comma followed by a conjunction, such as or, and, or but. However, a conjunction is not</p><p>necessary to form a compound sentence. A semicolon may be used to join two main</p><p>clauses without a conjunction. A semicolon is also used before a conjunctive adverb, such</p><p>as however.</p><p>Laura can’t hear the alarm clock, and her dog wakes her.</p><p>Laura can’t hear the alarm clock; her dog wakes her.</p><p>Laura can’t hear the alarm clock; however, her dog wakes her.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write in the blank whether the sentence is simple or compound.</p><p>compound Assistance dogs offer disabled people companionship, but they also play a</p><p>more important role.</p><p>simple 1. A trained dog’s help could make independent living possible for a disabled</p><p>person.</p><p>compound 2. Someone in a wheelchair can’t reach a light switch, and a deaf person can’t</p><p>hear a smoke alarm.</p><p>simple 3. Dogs can help in many everyday situations.</p><p>compound 4. Labrador retrievers open refrigerators, and Border collies nudge people awake.</p><p>simple 5. Assistance dogs push elevator buttons and pick up telephones.</p><p>compound 6. An assistance dog performs many duties, and these duties could change from</p><p>one day to the next.</p><p>compound 7. Some dogs go to work or school, and others help with child care or housework.</p><p>simple 8. One dog might signal the whistle of a teakettle or the beep of a microwave</p><p>oven.</p><p>compound 9. Assistance dogs serve as eyes, ears, legs, or arms; they empower those they help.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 99</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>compound 10. Many breeds become assistance dogs, but a few seem particularly well suited</p><p>to the role.</p><p>simple 11. Labrador retrievers, golden retrievers, Welsh corgis, and Border collies</p><p>generally respond well to training.</p><p>compound 12. These dogs are eager to please; praise and affection are their primary rewards.</p><p>compound 13. Assistance dogs face unfamiliar situations daily; thus, the single most</p><p>important job qualification is a calm disposition.</p><p>simple 14. A dog might have to navigate a crowded bus or a noisy restaurant.</p><p>compound 15. Assistance dogs regularly encounter strangers; therefore, they should not be</p><p>apprehensive.</p><p>compound 16. Nervous and excitable dogs might become frightened, and their unexpected</p><p>moves could prove dangerous.</p><p>compound 17. Assistance dogs play another important role, and that is the part of social ice-</p><p>breaker.</p><p>compound 18. Disabled people sometimes feel “invisible,” but dogs make them very hard to</p><p>ignore.</p><p>compound 19. Children especially are attracted to dogs; thus, assistance dogs are often</p><p>included in disability awareness programs.</p><p>simple 20. The position of teacher can be added to the assistance dogs’ long list of jobs.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline each main clause. If there is more than one main clause in a sentence,</p><p>add a comma or a semicolon as needed.</p><p>Time was flying by, and the day of the wedding was fast approaching.</p><p>1. Both of the sofas arrived, but neither fit through the doorway.</p><p>2. Green is Angie’s favorite color, but her new coat is blue.</p><p>3. This is a great car, and it gets good gas mileage.</p><p>4. The first game will be this Thursday at five.</p><p>5. I like skiing, and Maria likes skating.</p><p>6. We don’t order dessert when we eat out.</p><p>7. Martin expected bad weather; therefore, he brought an umbrella.</p><p>8. This quilt might look old, but my grandmother made it last year.</p><p>9. I’ll call you when I get home from work.</p><p>10. We will sell tickets tomorrow, or you may buy them at the door.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>100 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 101</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 25</p><p>Complex and Compound-Complex Sentences</p><p>A complex sentence contains a main clause and one or more subordinate clauses.</p><p>MAIN CLAUSE SUBORDINATE CLAUSE</p><p>We ate popcorn while we watched the movie.</p><p>Do not be confused by the phrase we watched the movie, which is a complete sentence.</p><p>The complete subordinate clause is while we watched the movie, which cannot stand</p><p>alone as a sentence.</p><p>A compound-complex sentence has more than one main clause and one or more</p><p>subordinate clauses.</p><p>MAIN CLAUSE SUBORDINATE CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE</p><p>I was in the back yard when Tony called, and I didn’t hear the phone ring.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw</p><p>one line under the main clause and two lines under the subordinate clause.</p><p>Write C in the blank if the sentence is complex and CC if it is compound-complex.</p><p>C Whenever I work at this computer, I get a stiff neck.</p><p>CC 1. After I had searched everywhere, I found my ring,and I put it in my jewelry box.</p><p>C 2. Julia cooked the lasagna yesterday, because she wouldn’t have time today.</p><p>C 3. As long as you’re driving that way, could you stop at the post office for me?</p><p>C 4. While thinking of an answer, Jason stared at his feet.</p><p>CC 5. Tillie paused for a moment when she reached the landing, and then she continued up</p><p>the stairs.</p><p>C 6. Terese apologized because she had lost her temper.</p><p>C 7. I gave him a pen so that he could write down the phone number.</p><p>CC 8. I wrote a letter to the owner because the restaurant was filthy, and I’m waiting for a reply.</p><p>CC 9. She did not have the shoes that I wanted to buy; however, she is ordering them for me.</p><p>C 10. The kite didn’t fly because there wasn’t enough wind.</p><p>CC 11. I met Dr. Wolfe while I was attending college, and now I work in her office.</p><p>C 12. Mary never called because she got home too late.</p><p>C 13. When the weather is hot, gardening can be drudgery.</p><p>CC 14. He didn’t raise his voice, but we knew that he meant business, and we got back to work.</p><p>C 15. As long as you’re calling, ask her for the salsa recipe.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>102 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>CC 16. Lee is worried, and I agree that we should take the cat to the vet.</p><p>C 17. Because it was directed at toddlers, the program had to be brief.</p><p>C 18. As he described his trip to sunny Puerto Rico, the rain continued to fall.</p><p>CC 19. Even though I was scheduled to leave early, I’ll stay until closing, and then I’ll make the</p><p>bank deposit.</p><p>C 20. When small children need sleep, they become short-tempered.</p><p>C 21. My sister is moving because she got a new job.</p><p>C 22. Although I promised I’d be there, I couldn’t make it because my car wouldn’t start.</p><p>CC 23. Even if you mail the card today, it won’t arrive until after her birthday, and you will</p><p>have to call anyway.</p><p>CC 24. If this snow continues, school will be canceled, and we’ll have to stay home.</p><p>C 25. The snack bar, which is open all year, is behind the boathouse.</p><p>CC 26. Angela called while you were out, but she didn’t leave a message.</p><p>CC 27. Even though Carey is gone for the weekend, the cat sleeps on her bed, and the dog</p><p>sleeps in her doorway.</p><p>C 28. Unless it rains, she will take her binoculars and go birdwatching.</p><p>C 29. Will the person who lost a pearl necklace please come to the front desk?</p><p>CC 30. If you simply paint over them, the cracks will return, and you’ll have to paint again.</p><p>� Writing Link Write a brief paragraph about a book you have read. Use at least two complex</p><p>sentences and one compound-complex sentence.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 103</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 26</p><p>Adjective Clauses</p><p>When a subordinate clause modifies a noun or a pronoun, it is called an adjective clause.</p><p>Often, adjective clauses begin with a relative pronoun. An adjective clause can also begin</p><p>with where or when.</p><p>The banner that I made for your parents’ anniversary was ruined by the rain. (modifies</p><p>the noun banner)</p><p>RELATIVE PRONOUNS</p><p>that whom whomever</p><p>which whose what</p><p>who whoever whatever</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each adjective clause and two lines under each word that</p><p>introduces an adjective clause.</p><p>The pictures that I saw in the yearbook brought back many memories.</p><p>1. The dog that Peter owns is a well-trained golden retriever.</p><p>2. Tell everyone whose time is up to please move on to the next booth.</p><p>3. I don’t like standing in lines where there is no room to breathe.</p><p>4. The car, which was parked in the sun, became extremely hot.</p><p>5. I finally got to see the holography exhibit that you recommended.</p><p>6. Perry saw many desserts on the menu that sounded delicious.</p><p>7. There is no family whose reunions are more fun than ours.</p><p>8. For his research project, Kareem examined every sample that he could find.</p><p>9. Corky often visits the park where she saw the red fox.</p><p>10. The new movie, which was quite violent, contained some scenes that upset me.</p><p>11. Dave chose the T-shirts that had the college insignia on them.</p><p>12. The spot where we set up camp was twelve miles from the trailhead.</p><p>13. His vacation begins on the tenth, which is a Friday.</p><p>14. The car that my sister wants to buy has many extras.</p><p>15. The boy whom we met at the zoo is from Germany.</p><p>16. Will the person whose car is blocking the driveway please move it?</p><p>17. This is the intersection where the accident happened.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>104 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>18. Francisco often visits the store that his grandfather owns.</p><p>19. Sam’s car, which is the same year as mine, is in better condition.</p><p>20. My sister sold lemonade to the people who came to the garage sale.</p><p>Adjective clauses may be either essential or nonessential. Essential clauses are necessary</p><p>to make the meaning of a sentence clear. A clause beginning with that is essential.</p><p>Projects that are completed before the science fair will earn extra credit. (essential</p><p>clause)</p><p>Nonessential clauses add interesting information but are not necessary for the meaning</p><p>of a sentence. Use commas to set off nonessential clauses from the rest of the sentence. A</p><p>clause beginning with which is usually nonessential.</p><p>Massie’s project, which demonstrated the effects of sound on plants, earned extra</p><p>credit. (nonessential clause)</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline each adjective clause in the sentences below. Write E (essential) or non.</p><p>(nonessential) in the space provided to identify the type of clause.</p><p>non. My brother, who goes to Yale, will be home for the weekend.</p><p>E 1. Cars that have malfunctioning exhaust systems should be repaired or taken off the road.</p><p>E 2. I will point out the Thai restaurant that serves my favorite food.</p><p>non. 3. Uncle Charles, whose cabin we stayed in last summer, has invited us back this year.</p><p>non. 4. Use the plastic measuring spoons, which are in the top drawer.</p><p>E 5. The woman who owns the florist shop is visiting mom.</p><p>E 6. The popcorn that they sell at the fair is the best I’ve ever tasted.</p><p>E 7. Julio showed us the spot where he had last seen his camera.</p><p>non. 8. Ridge Road, which is quite steep, leads to the ski area.</p><p>E 9. P.J. is the student who designed the poster for the play.</p><p>E 10. Joanna gave a performance that I will never forget.</p><p>non. 11. This artist, whom I once met, used only watercolors.</p><p>E 12. Nick told us to take the road that runs straight through town.</p><p>non. 13. Clarence, who is visiting Barbados, sent me this hat.</p><p>E 14. Volunteers who can follow directions make the job easier.</p><p>E 15. Ted showed us the tracks that were left by the grizzly bear.</p><p>E 16. The man who donated the refreshments owns a grocery store.</p><p>Lesson 27</p><p>Adverb Clauses</p><p>An adverb clause is a subordinate clause that modifies a verb, an adjective, or an adverb.</p><p>It is used to tell when, where, why, to what extent, or under what conditions. An adverb</p><p>clause is usually introduced by a subordinating conjunction.</p><p>I’ll take a turn after Liana takes hers.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the adverb clause in each sentence.</p><p>Wild potatoes grew in South America for thousands of years before European explorers</p><p>arrived.</p><p>1. Spanish explorers brought potatoes with them when they returned from the Americas in the</p><p>1500s.</p><p>2. Potatoes were initially shunned by Europeans because some closely related plants are</p><p>poisonous.</p><p>3. Even though some people were skeptical at first, the potato became an important food crop</p><p>worldwide.</p><p>4. Potatoes are very practical because yield per acre is high.</p><p>5. Provided that the growing season is long enough, two plantings per year are usually possible.</p><p>6. Potatoes grow in difficult locations where other food will not grow.</p><p>7. Potatoes can’t survive where the humidity is too high.</p><p>8. Because they are so hardy, potatoes have saved many lives.</p><p>9. Soldiers throughout history have been spared starvation when potatoes were available.</p><p>10. Few other crops can withstand the ravages of war as potatoes can.</p><p>11. Because they grow underground, potatoes can survive even fires.</p><p>12. The potato became the mainstay of the Irish diet until a blight destroyed the crop in 1845.</p><p>13. A million people died, and millions more fled Ireland so that they could live.</p><p>14. Potatoes were not an important crop in North America until great numbers of Irish immigrants</p><p>began arriving in the mid-1800s.</p><p>15. As meat consumption increased, however, potatoes played a less important role in North</p><p>American diets.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 105</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>16. Because people mistakenly believed that potatoes were fattening, this nutritious food was once</p><p>again avoided.</p><p>17. Potatoes are not fattening unless they are combined with high-fat ingredients.</p><p>18. When people hear the word potatoes, one of the first things that comes to mind is probably</p><p>French fries.</p><p>19. Even though they are made of potatoes, French fries are not very nourishing.</p><p>20. Provided they are prepared the right way, potatoes can be a major component of a well-rounded</p><p>diet.</p><p>21. So that potatoes’ nutritional virtues can be retained, low-fat cooking techniques should be</p><p>employed.</p><p>22. If you use a little imagination, most potato dishes can be “lightened up.”</p><p>23. Although butter is the most popular dressing for baked potatoes, it is probably the most</p><p>fattening.</p><p>24. Even if you forego butter, other toppings such as sour cream or bacon are also high in empty fat</p><p>calories.</p><p>25. Before you eat any potato dish, you might want to stop and consider its fat content.</p><p>26. Substituting low-fat ingredients is simple, once you know a few tricks.</p><p>27. Whenever sour cream is called for, you might try nonfat yogurt.</p><p>28. Before you add cheese to potatoes, ask yourself whether a little pepper might add more flavor.</p><p>29. Whenever you buy processed potatoes such as French fries or potatoes au gratin, don’t forget</p><p>about that hidden fat.</p><p>30. If you buy fresh potatoes, they are low in fat, high in carbohydrates, and packed with nutrients.</p><p>� Writing Link Write a brief paragraph about a food you enjoy. Use at least three adverb clauses.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>106 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 28</p><p>Noun Clauses</p><p>A noun clause is a subordinate clause that acts as a noun.</p><p>Our profits depend on our pricing formula. (noun)</p><p>Whether we make a profit depends on our pricing formula. (noun clause)</p><p>The clause in the second sentence above replaces the noun in the first sentence. Noun</p><p>clauses can be used in the same way as nouns—as subject, direct object, object of a</p><p>preposition, and predicate noun.</p><p>Whoever takes the last ice cube should refill the tray. (subject)</p><p>Do you know how Russians say “yes”? (direct object)</p><p>We were anxious about what would come next. (object of preposition about )</p><p>The following words are used to introduce noun clauses:</p><p>how what where who whomever</p><p>however whatever which whom whose</p><p>that when whichever whoever why</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline each noun clause. In the blank, indicate its function in the sentence: S</p><p>(subject), DO (direct object), OP (object of a preposition), or PN (predicate noun).</p><p>DO The article described how carpenters build chairs.</p><p>PN 1. The assumption is that we will reach the coast before Friday.</p><p>S 2. Whatever you want is fine with me.</p><p>DO 3. Will someone please tell me why the basement light is on?</p><p>OP 4. We were worried about what would happen to the senior center .</p><p>S 5. That the team will make it to the state finals is the hope of all the players.</p><p>DO 6. Luanne wondered aloud why the car was so muddy.</p><p>PN 7. This open window must be where the burglar entered.</p><p>S 8. What we wished for came true after all.</p><p>S 9. Why she had chosen that college was never even discussed.</p><p>DO 10. Marnie asked the author why he wrote the story in the present tense.</p><p>PN 11. This covered bridge is where my mother proposed to my father.</p><p>S 12. Whichever route you want to take is fine with me.</p><p>OP 13. We talked about what she would do with her free time.</p><p>OP 14. Please save those stones for when we build the path from the cabin to the creek.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 107</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>PN 15. Birthdays are when I really appreciate my big family.</p><p>DO 16. I can’t remember why I chose that morbid poem.</p><p>OP 17. Aunt Carol told me all about where she grew up.</p><p>S 18. That they will hear a world-class orchestra is the expectation of the audience.</p><p>DO 19. No one can tell me what I should do about this problem.</p><p>PN 20. Holidays are when I miss my grandfather the most.</p><p>PN 21. The winner will be whoever sells the most subscriptions.</p><p>S 22. Whoever wrote this perfume ad needs a good editor.</p><p>OP 23. I had a dream about when we were in Canada.</p><p>DO 24. Does anyone here know how tadpoles become frogs?</p><p>OP 25. Theo’s advice was for whoever would listen.</p><p>S 26. When we leave the party is up to you.</p><p>S 27. Which flight we should take was a real dilemma.</p><p>DO 28. She’ll give me whatever is left of the cake.</p><p>PN 29. College is whatever you make of it.</p><p>OP 30. Save this sample for whoever is in charge of printing the brochures.</p><p>DO 31. March drew whatever we asked her to.</p><p>PN 32. This deserted exit is where we ran out of gas.</p><p>S 33. That Daniel missed his sister was apparent.</p><p>OP 34. The police officer talked about how his dog had saved his life.</p><p>DO 35. Jimmy could hit whatever I pitched him.</p><p>� Writing Link Write a brief paragraph about a family get-together. Use each of the four types of</p><p>noun clauses (subject, direct object, object of a preposition, and predicate noun) at least once.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>108 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 29</p><p>Kinds of Sentences</p><p>A declarative sentence makes a statement. It usually ends with a period.</p><p>We went to the state fair last summer.</p><p>An imperative sentence gives a command or makes a request. The subject “you” is</p><p>understood. An imperative sentence ends with a period or exclamation point.</p><p>Please turn the lights off.</p><p>An interrogative sentence asks a question. It ends with a question mark.</p><p>Did you notice whether she was carrying an umbrella?</p><p>An exclamatory sentence expresses strong emotion. It ends with an exclamation point.</p><p>What a hectic day this has been!</p><p>� Exercise 1 Label each sentence dec. (declarative), imp. (imperative), int. (interrogative), or exc.</p><p>(exclamatory). Insert the correct punctuation—a period, a question mark, or an exclamation</p><p>point.</p><p>int. How much do you really know about bats?</p><p>dec. 1. Bats might be the world’s most misunderstood animals .</p><p>int. 2. Do you think of bats as villainous, vampire-like creatures ?</p><p>dec.</p><p>or exc. 3. This is not true . or !</p><p>dec. 4. Out of more than nine hundred bat species, only three in South America drink animal</p><p>blood .</p><p>int. 5. Did you know</p><p>that bats are the only mammals capable of true flight ?</p><p>dec. 6. They navigate in the dark by echolocation .</p><p>dec. 7. Few people realize bats’ ecological importance .</p><p>int. 8. What do you suppose makes bats so beneficial ?</p><p>dec. 9. They consume huge quantities of insects, including mosquitoes .</p><p>dec. 10. Some bats eat the equivalent of their body weight in insects in one night .</p><p>int. 11. Did you know there is a bat colony in Texas that consumes up to 250,000 pounds of</p><p>insects in a single night ?</p><p>exc.</p><p>or dec. 12. That’s quite a few bugs ! or .</p><p>dec. 13. Every summer, a cave in Texas is home to the world’s largest concentration of mammals .</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 109</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>dec. 14. With the birth of new pups each summer, the population in Bracken Cave swells to 40</p><p>million ! or .</p><p>int. 15. Have you ever seen a bat ?</p><p>imp. 16. Don’t think bats live exclusively in caves .</p><p>dec. 17. They live in all parts of the world except the polar regions .</p><p>dec. 18. You might be able to spot bats in your neighborhood .</p><p>exc.</p><p>or imp. 19. Pay close attention ! or .</p><p>dec. 20. Many bats live in cities .</p><p>int. 21. Did you know that the world’s largest urban bat population is in the United States ?</p><p>dec. 22. In Austin, Texas, nearly a million bats roost under a downtown bridge .</p><p>exc.</p><p>or dec. 23. In Texas, bats are actually a tourist attraction ! or .</p><p>int. 24. Would you like to attract bats for insect-control purposes ?</p><p>imp. 25. Consider building a bat nesting house .</p><p>dec. 26. Many books and articles about bats contain plans for bat houses .</p><p>int. 27. Does it sound as if the public’s perception of bats is changing ?</p><p>dec. 28. Governments are even passing bat-protection laws .</p><p>imp. 29. If you’re interested in bats, visit your library .</p><p>imp. 30. While you’re there, look into bat conservation societies .</p><p>� Writing Link Write a paragraph about an animal. Use all four types of sentences—declarative,</p><p>interrogative, imperative, and exclamatory.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>110 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>or exc.</p><p>Lesson 30</p><p>Sentence Fragments</p><p>A sentence fragment is an incomplete sentence. It may lack a subject, a verb, or both. It</p><p>might also be a subordinate clause that cannot stand alone. Correct sentence fragments by</p><p>adding the missing words or phrases.</p><p>Knocked for five minutes but got no answer (lacks subject)</p><p>The restaurant with three hundred items on the menu (lacks verb)</p><p>On my birthday (lacks subject and verb)</p><p>Because the dog was barking (subordinate clause only)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write frag. next to each sentence fragment. Write S next to each complete sentence.</p><p>frag. Yesterday, the rain falling lightly.</p><p>frag. 1. An oil tanker leaking gallons of crude.</p><p>S 2. Many adults return to college after years in the working world.</p><p>frag. 3. Even though we invited her again.</p><p>frag. 4. The painting, which includes all three primary colors.</p><p>frag. 5. The marathon starting line early on Saturday morning.</p><p>frag. 6. California and Oregon, both experiencing a drought this year.</p><p>frag. 7. When starting the elementary Spanish class, knew only three words.</p><p>S 8. Small birds are nesting on the porch.</p><p>frag. 9. His first professional acting role in nearly twenty years.</p><p>S 10. That is precisely what I mean.</p><p>S 11. Where you go to college is your decision.</p><p>frag. 12. Her mother, the famous author of best-selling mystery novels.</p><p>S 13. Ready to jump in the pool the children threw down their towels.</p><p>S 14. I wore the blue hat and she the green.</p><p>frag. 15. No one but Marella in the car when the accident occurred.</p><p>S 16. Panicking, I called everyone again at the last minute.</p><p>frag. 17. To announce the sidewalk sale and promote our new spring merchandise.</p><p>frag. 18. Because my mother will be in Japan this summer.</p><p>S 19. When Garrison gets hungry, he gets out the cookbooks.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 111</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>frag. 20. Describing the many benefits of a new cancer drug.</p><p>S 21. Before long, bluebirds had found the nesting boxes we’d built.</p><p>frag. 22. Whenever I need to return clothing received as a gift.</p><p>S 23. Walking at low tide yields the most interesting seashell finds.</p><p>frag. 24. Charlotte’s Web, which I fondly remember reading in fourth grade.</p><p>frag. 25. Three boys riding mountain bikes and wearing brightly colored helmets.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Tell whether you should add a subject S, verb V, or a main clause M to form a</p><p>complete sentence.</p><p>M Even tough Caleb’s mother had sold him her old car at a reasonable price.</p><p>M 1. If you wait until Gilberto gets home from work.</p><p>V 2. More rain and flooding in California.</p><p>V 3. Taxpayers who wait until the last minute to file their returns.</p><p>S 4. Barked continually from midnight until 4:00 A.M.</p><p>V 5. My older sister Becky, who had twins at the beginning of January.</p><p>S 6. Walked along Sixth Street, looked up, and saw a hot-air balloon.</p><p>M 7. Without any instructions to guide me in assembling the new bookcase.</p><p>M 8. Right in the middle of the courtyard where all the neighbors could see.</p><p>S 9. Didn’t really have very nice weather for the festival.</p><p>M 10. Not wanting to hurt the feelings of those who had contributed long hours to the project.</p><p>V 11. The painted bowl that my sister brought back from her semester in Mexico last year.</p><p>M 12. Later than he usually got home.</p><p>V 13. The washing machine, which was just repaired last week.</p><p>M 14. When you decided whether to take the job painting houses for the summer.</p><p>S 15. Carried on as if it were the end of the world.</p><p>V 16. Yesterday, crowds of people lining up to buy tickets for the opening day game.</p><p>S 17. Waited in line all afternoon to get a former astronaut’s autograph.</p><p>M 18. If Peter and Tamara get home from school before I get home from work.</p><p>Vor S,V 19. Disco music, which was quite popular for a short period in the 1970s.</p><p>M 20. Waiting in the open-air pavilion for the orchestra to begin playing Vivaldi’s Four</p><p>Seasons.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>112 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 31</p><p>Run-On Sentences</p><p>A run-on sentence is two or more complete sentences written as though they were one.</p><p>There are three basic kinds of run-on sentences.</p><p>A comma splice, perhaps the most common kind of run-on sentence, occurs when two</p><p>main clauses are separated by a comma rather than a semicolon or period.</p><p>E. B. White was an essayist, he was also a children’s author.</p><p>Correct a comma splice by adding a coordinating conjunction such as and, by replacing</p><p>the comma with a semicolon, or by making each main clause a separate sentence.</p><p>E. B. White was an essayist, and he was also a children’s author.</p><p>E. B. White was an essayist; he was also a children’s author.</p><p>E. B. White was an essayist. He was also a children’s author.</p><p>Another kind of run-on sentence is formed when there is no punctuation between two</p><p>main clauses.</p><p>Walt Whitman was a poet he wrote Leaves of Grass.</p><p>Correct by adding a comma and a coordinating conjunction, by adding a semicolon, or by</p><p>making each main clause a separate sentence.</p><p>Walt Whitman was a poet, and he wrote Leaves of Grass.</p><p>Walt Whitman was a poet; he wrote Leaves of Grass.</p><p>Walt Whitman was a poet. He wrote Leaves of Grass.</p><p>A third kind of run-on sentence is formed when there is no comma before the</p><p>coordinating conjunction that joins two main clauses.</p><p>Stephen King is a popular author and his books are often turned into</p><p>movies.</p><p>Correct by adding a comma before the conjunction.</p><p>Stephen King is a popular author, and his books are often turned into movies.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write R in the blank in front of each run-on sentence.</p><p>R Two kinds of fish native to this area are endangered, many more are threatened.</p><p>R 1. There are seventeen species of penguins, emperor penguins are the largest.</p><p>2. The snow was gray, and so was the sky.</p><p>R 3. Choose reusable products, use cloth napkins instead of paper.</p><p>R 4. We heard noises in the chimney, a raccoon had moved in.</p><p>R 5. Some are grizzlies, some are black bears.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 113</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>R 6. The squirrel zigzagged across the lawn, then it dashed up a tree.</p><p>R 7. A manatee is a mammal, so is a whale.</p><p>R 8. Komodo dragons are the largest lizards, some grow to more than ten feet long.</p><p>R 9. It is smaller than the crane, it has a longer neck.</p><p>10. Visit the zoo in cool weather, and the animals will be more active.</p><p>R 11. The bird I saw had a black throat, this one has a white throat.</p><p>R 12. Most cockroaches are brown, some are green or blue.</p><p>13. The cougar has many names, including mountain lion, puma, and panther.</p><p>R 14. Dolphins and porpoises are not the same, they are closely related.</p><p>R 15. Spotted salamanders migrate here, they cross this road.</p><p>R 16. Loons walk awkwardly, they’re graceful swimmers.</p><p>17. My jeans were hanging on the clothesline, and a wren tried to build a nest in them.</p><p>18. Sea turtles get caught in nets, and so do dolphins.</p><p>R 19. Roadrunners are real birds, they live in the southwest.</p><p>R 20. The robin’s egg is blue, so is the bluebird’s.</p><p>R 21. Lightning sometimes strikes the ocean, sometimes sea animals get shocked.</p><p>R 22. Fish sleep, they don’t close their eyes.</p><p>23. We visited the rainforest exhibit, but we didn’t have time to see the butterflies.</p><p>R 24. Songbird populations are decreasing, there is still time to reverse the trend.</p><p>25. Tasmanian devils are real animals, and they have pouches like kangaroos.</p><p>R 26. Those are purple martins, they are the biggest swallows.</p><p>R 27. Elephants use their ears to cool off, they flap them like fans.</p><p>28. An orange half is an inexpensive birdfeeder, and it’s easy to make.</p><p>R 29. Squirrels are rodents, so are porcupines.</p><p>R 30. Terrapins live in salt marshes, they crawl ashore to lay eggs.</p><p>31. It had been raining steadily when the sun peeked out from behind the clouds.</p><p>R 32. This isn’t my umbrella nor, for that matter, is this my raincoat.</p><p>33. The pictures Kayla took will appear in today’s paper.</p><p>R 34. Mr. Bils ruled the office but Mrs. Bils presided over their home.</p><p>35. Nora typed in the last word and hit “enter.”</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>114 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 4 Review</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline each main clause, and add commas as needed.</p><p>March was almost over, and I still hadn’t finished the project.</p><p>1. Three buses arrived, but Carlos wasn’t on any of them.</p><p>2. I always get nervous when my sister drives.</p><p>3. This coat is ancient, but it’s my favorite.</p><p>4. Mom cooks her special chicken with the honey-mustard sauce on the grill.</p><p>5. Carol expected me at seven; therefore she arrived at six forty-five.</p><p>6. You may order these cards through the mail, or you may call in your order.</p><p>7. We don’t go on packaged tours when we travel.</p><p>8. The baby stays with his grandmother while his mother is at work.</p><p>9. Call Terese when the movie is over, and she will give you a ride home.</p><p>10. If you don’t tell my secret, I won’t tell yours.</p><p>11. Whenever Johnnie shows up, the dog goes crazy.</p><p>12. Greg likes tennis, and his sister likes golf.</p><p>13. We didn’t order green peppers, and we didn’t order mushrooms either.</p><p>14. My sister doesn’t call very often because a call would be expensive.</p><p>15. We usually take the bus downtown so that we can avoid parking problems.</p><p>16. We put the feeder out for the birds, but the squirrels eat most of the food.</p><p>17. Jackie won the piano competition, and Carlisle won the guitar.</p><p>18. Regina took these pictures of Mono Lake when she lived in California.</p><p>19. My Aunt Debra owns three dogs, and she wants to get another one.</p><p>20. Because I was tired from the long drive, I rested on the sofa for an hour.</p><p>21. Pizza is our favorite; we have it every Friday.</p><p>22. Danielle wanted to watch a basketball game; Tim wanted to watch a movie.</p><p>23. If you call the accounting office on Monday, I’m sure they could help you.</p><p>24. I’ve waited long enough; I’ll wait no longer.</p><p>25. Exactly where she misplaced her new sunglasses, I haven’t a clue.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 115</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–4</p><p>� Exercise 1 Label each italicized word with its part of speech: N (noun), V (verb), adj. (adjective),</p><p>adv. (adverb), pro. (pronoun), prep. (preposition), conj. (conjunction), or int. (interjection).</p><p>N</p><p>Hey! Did you see that runner steal second base?</p><p>V</p><p>1. Alta scored higher on the PSAT than I did.</p><p>conj.</p><p>2. The runner was exhausted, and she drank the proffered water in one gulp.</p><p>N</p><p>3. My new checks have pictures of movie stars on them.</p><p>pro.</p><p>4. Someone left a beautifully wrapped present on the back porch!</p><p>V</p><p>5. Why didn’t you warn me about the wet paint on that chair?</p><p>conj.</p><p>6. I’ll call Manny after the playoffs are over.</p><p>adv.</p><p>7. The downtown bus is always running late.</p><p>int.</p><p>8. Otto forgot to watch for low branches, and before long—whump!—he was sitting on the ground</p><p>watching his horse gallop away without him.</p><p>conj.</p><p>9. I haven’t decided whether to take advanced math or trigonometry next year.</p><p>adj.</p><p>10. We made Hungarian goulash in Home Economics today.</p><p>adj.</p><p>11. The pink blossoms stood out vividly against their green stems.</p><p>adv.</p><p>12. Her appearance was too sudden, and it sent a quick chill up my spine.</p><p>V V</p><p>13. I had come to a crossroads and did not know which way to go.</p><p>adj.</p><p>14. Why weren’t these deadlines changed?</p><p>N</p><p>15. The boat’s captain ordered the sailor to swab the deck.</p><p>adj.</p><p>16. The lazy sales clerk missed a lot of opportunities.</p><p>adj.</p><p>17. The raft was strong and spacious; we were not afraid to attempt the crossing.</p><p>prep.</p><p>18. If I’ve told that cat once, I’ve told it a thousand times, “Get off the couch!”</p><p>N</p><p>19. Of all the going-away presents I received, I liked best the framed photo of my friends.</p><p>int.</p><p>20. “Lands’ sakes,” my grandmother was always saying, “how did you ever grow to be such a</p><p>handsome fella?”</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>116 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write F in the blank for each sentence fragment, R for each run-on sentence, and C</p><p>for each sentence that is correct.</p><p>R The bus was early, I missed it again.</p><p>F 1. The book, which includes a chapter on the history of the town.</p><p>C 2. From my balcony, I can see the lake.</p><p>R 3. We saw John in the one-show, he got us free tickets.</p><p>R 4. We walked to the wedding then we drove to the reception.</p><p>C 5. Andy walked.</p><p>F 6. At the grand opening of the supermarket in the new shopping center.</p><p>R 7. That color is acceptable, the other is a better choice.</p><p>C 8. What you choose to eat is your business.</p><p>C 9. Elizabeth wore her linen suit and tan shoes to her interview.</p><p>F 10. Michael and Lisa both having a hard time finding summer jobs.</p><p>F 11. Her headache, which started during the final exam in trigonometry.</p><p>R 12. Jenny’s station was neat, Hannah’s was immaculate.</p><p>F 13. Time</p><p>is necessary to make a statement.</p><p>Most verbs will fit one or more of these sentences:</p><p>We _________. We _________ loyal. We ________ it. It ________ .</p><p>We sleep. We remain loyal. We love it! It snowed.</p><p>2. An action verb tells what someone or something does. The two types of action verbs are</p><p>transitive and intransitive. A transitive verb is followed by a word or words that answer the</p><p>question what? or whom? An intransitive verb is not followed by a word that answers what? or</p><p>whom?</p><p>Transitive: Children trust their parents. The puppy carried the bone away.</p><p>Intransitive: The team played poorly. The light burned brightly.</p><p>3. A linking verb links, or joins, the subject of a sentence with an adjective, a noun, or a pronoun.</p><p>The concert was loud. (adjective) I am a good card player. (noun)</p><p>4. A verb phrase consists of a main verb and all its auxiliary, or helping, verbs.</p><p>My stomach has been growling all morning. I am waiting for a letter.</p><p>5. Verbs have four principal parts or forms: base, past, present participle, and past participle.</p><p>Base: I eat. Present Participle: I am eating.</p><p>Past: I ate. Past Participle: I have eaten.</p><p>6. The principal parts are used to form six verb tenses. The tense of a verb expresses time.</p><p>Simple Tenses</p><p>Present Tense: She eats. (present or habitual action)</p><p>Past Tense: She ate. (action completed in the past)</p><p>Future Tense: She will eat. (action to be done in the future)</p><p>Perfect Tenses</p><p>Present Perfect Tense: She has eaten. (action done at some indefinate time or still in effect)</p><p>Past Perfect Tense: She had eaten. (action completed before some other past action)</p><p>Future Perfect Tense: She will have eaten. (action to be completed before some future time)</p><p>7. Irregular verbs form their past and past participle without adding -ed to the base form.</p><p>PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IRREGULAR VERBS</p><p>Base Past Past Participle</p><p>be was, were been</p><p>beat beat beaten</p><p>become became become</p><p>begin began begun</p><p>bite bit bitten or bit</p><p>blow blew blown</p><p>break broke broken</p><p>bring brought brought</p><p>Base Past Past Participle</p><p>catch caught caught</p><p>choose chose chosen</p><p>come came come</p><p>do did done</p><p>draw drew drawn</p><p>drink drank drunk</p><p>drive drove driven</p><p>eat ate eaten</p><p>4 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>8. Progressive forms of verbs, combined with a form of be, express a continuing action. Emphatic</p><p>forms, combined with a form of do, add emphasis or form questions.</p><p>Kari is scratching the cat. Loni has been washing the walls.</p><p>We do support our hometown heroes. (present) He did want that dinner. (past)</p><p>9. The voice of a verb shows whether the subject performs the action or receives the action of the</p><p>verb. The active voice occurs when the subject performs the action. The passive voice occurs</p><p>when the action of the verb is performed on the subject.</p><p>The owl swooped upon its prey. (active) The ice cream was scooped by the cashier. (passive)</p><p>10. A verb can express one of three moods. The indicative mood makes a statement or asks a</p><p>question. The imperative mood expresses a command or request. The subjunctive mood</p><p>indirectly expresses a demand, recommendation, suggestion, statement of necessity, or a</p><p>condition contrary to fact.</p><p>I am overjoyed. (indicative) Stop the car. (imperative)</p><p>If I were angry, I would not have let you in. (subjunctive)</p><p>Adjectives</p><p>1. An adjective modifies a noun or pronoun by giving a descriptive or specific detail. Adjectives</p><p>can usually show comparisons. (See Using Modifiers Correctly on pages 9 and 10.)</p><p>cold winter colder winter coldest winter</p><p>2. Most adjectives will fit this sentence:</p><p>The _________ one looks very _________.</p><p>The dusty one looks very old.</p><p>3. Articles are the adjectives a, an, and the. Articles do not meet the above test for adjectives.</p><p>Base Form Past Form Past Participle</p><p>fall fell fallen</p><p>feel felt felt</p><p>find found found</p><p>fly flew flown</p><p>freeze froze frozen</p><p>get got got or gotten</p><p>give gave given</p><p>go went gone</p><p>grow grew grown</p><p>hang hung or hung or</p><p>hanged hanged</p><p>have had had</p><p>know knew known</p><p>lay laid laid</p><p>lead led led</p><p>lend lent lent</p><p>lie lay lain</p><p>lose lost lost</p><p>put put put</p><p>ride rode ridden</p><p>ring rang rung</p><p>rise rose risen</p><p>Base Form Past Form Past Participle</p><p>run ran run</p><p>say said said</p><p>see saw seen</p><p>set set set</p><p>shrink shrank or shrunk or</p><p>shrunk shrunken</p><p>sing sang sung</p><p>sit sat sat</p><p>speak spoke spoken</p><p>spring sprang or sprung</p><p>sprung</p><p>steal stole stolen</p><p>swim swam swum</p><p>take took taken</p><p>tear tore torn</p><p>tell told told</p><p>think thought thought</p><p>throw threw thrown</p><p>wear wore worn</p><p>win won won</p><p>write wrote written</p><p>Handbook 5</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>4. A proper adjective is formed from a proper noun and begins with a capital letter.</p><p>Marijka wore a Ukrainian costume. He was a Danish prince.</p><p>5. An adjective used as an object complement follows and describes a direct object.</p><p>My aunt considers me funny.</p><p>Adverbs</p><p>1. An adverb modifies a verb, an adjective, or another adverb. Most adverbs can show</p><p>comparisons. (See Using Modifiers Correctly on pages 9 and 10.)</p><p>a. Adverbs that tell how, where, when, or to what degree modify verbs or verbals.</p><p>The band stepped lively. (how) Maria writes frequently. (when)</p><p>Put the piano here. (where) We were thoroughly entertained. (to what degree)</p><p>b. Adverbs of degree strengthen or weaken the adjectives or other adverbs that they modify.</p><p>A very happy fan cheered. (modifies adjective) She spoke too fast. (modifies adverb)</p><p>2. Many adverbs fit these sentences:</p><p>She thinks ______. She thinks ______ fast. She ______ thinks fast.</p><p>She thinks quickly. She thinks unusually fast. She seldom thinks fast.</p><p>Prepositions, Conjunctions, and Interjections</p><p>1. A preposition shows the relationship of a noun or a pronoun to some other word. A compound</p><p>preposition is made up of more than one word.</p><p>The first group of students arrived. They skated in spite of the cold weather.</p><p>2. Some common prepositions include these: about, above, across, after, against, along, among,</p><p>around, at, before, behind, below, beneath, beside, besides, between, beyond, but, by,</p><p>concerning, down, during, except, for, from, into, like, near, of, off, on, out, outside, over, past,</p><p>round, since, through, till, to, toward, under, underneath, until, up, upon, with, within, without.</p><p>3. A conjunction is a word that joins single words or groups of words. A coordinating conjunction</p><p>joins words or groups of words that have equal grammatical weight. Correlative conjunctions</p><p>work in pairs to join words and groups of words of equal weight. A subordinating conjunction</p><p>joins two clauses in such a way as to make one grammatically dependent on the other.</p><p>Coordinating conjunction: He and I talked for hours.</p><p>Correlative conjunctions: Russ wants either a cat or a dog.</p><p>Subordinating conjunction: We ate lunch when it was ready.</p><p>4. A conjunctive adverb clarifies a relationship.</p><p>He did not like cold weather; nevertheless, he shoveled the snow.</p><p>5. An interjection is an unrelated word or phrase that expresses emotion or exclamation.</p><p>Wow, that was cool! Aha! You fell right into my trap!</p><p>PARTS OF THE SENTENCE</p><p>Subjects and Predicates</p><p>1. The simple subject is the key noun or pronoun that tells what the sentence is about. A</p><p>compound subject is made up of two or more simple subjects that are joined by a conjunction</p><p>and have the same verb.</p><p>My father snores. My mother and I can’t sleep.</p><p>6 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>2. The simple predicate is the verb or verb phrase that expresses the essential thought about the</p><p>subject of the sentence. A compound predicate is made up of two or more verbs or verb phrases</p><p>that are joined by a conjunction and have the same subject.</p><p>The night was cold. The elves sang and danced in the flower garden.</p><p>3. The complete subject consists of the simple subject and all the words that modify it.</p><p>The bright lights of the city burned intensely. The warm, soothing fire kept us warm.</p><p>to get into the car and head home.</p><p>C 14. In just two days they built the entire deck.</p><p>C 15. Without any help Mia cooked Thanksgiving dinner for twelve.</p><p>� Exercise 3 Write S in the blank if the sentence is a simple sentence, C if it is a compound</p><p>sentence, CX if it is a complex sentence, and CC if it is a compound-complex sentence.</p><p>S Behind them stood a great, pacing tiger.</p><p>C 1. We hunted high and low, but there was no sign of the other cufflink.</p><p>C 2. My little sister enjoys Green Eggs and Ham, and I enjoy reading it to her.</p><p>S 3. The constant droning of loud music is giving me a headache.</p><p>CX 4. When Mom took the pies out of the oven, Rover sat up and begged for a slice.</p><p>C 5. The sun was hot, our labor was intense, and we dreamed of lakes and canals and</p><p>oceans.</p><p>S 6. I simply can’t keep up with Elizabeth.</p><p>CC 7. I do the kind of work that I enjoy; I don’t believe that money is everything.</p><p>CX 8. Clark’s the only person I know who wears a tam-o’-shanter.</p><p>Unit 4, Clauses and Sentence Structure 117</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>CC 9. Don’t use the designs that Joonie suggested; your own are much better than hers.</p><p>S 10. The long, leafy branches swayed gracefully with the breeze.</p><p>CX 11. Peg learned too late that Jack had stuffed all his exercise equipment into the hall closet.</p><p>CC 12. It is true that time is priceless, and so, whatever you do, don’t waste it.</p><p>� Exercise 4 Write prep. before each sentence that contains a prepositional phrase and inf.</p><p>before each sentence that contains an infinitive phrase. Some sentences may contain both.</p><p>prep. I was headed out to sea in the flimsiest of vessels.</p><p>inf. 1. Don wants to make chili tonight.</p><p>prep. 2. Let’s go to a movie after we clean the living room.</p><p>prep. 3. Sylvia invited her friends to afternoon tea.</p><p>prep. and inf. 4. For the first time in my life, I was able to finish the marathon.</p><p>inf. 5. Rubbing sticks together is a hard way to start a fire!</p><p>inf. and prep. 6. To go to Harvard is Alissa’s goal.</p><p>prep. 7. I ran to the school nurse.</p><p>inf. 8. Did you say that Mr. Clancy is going to teach that class?</p><p>inf. 9. To “grin and bear it” sometimes takes more effort than I realized.</p><p>inf. 10. Someday, I hope to write and to publish a novel.</p><p>� Exercise 5 Write ger. before each sentence that contains a gerund or a gerund phrase and part.</p><p>before each sentence that contains a participle or a participial phrase.</p><p>ger. Stating your objectives clearly will help you reach your goals.</p><p>part. 1. The horse, whinnying and snorting all the way, clearly did not want to be ridden.</p><p>part. 2. Lar’s racing pulse pounded against his eardrums.</p><p>ger. 3. On snowy days I enjoy curling up on the couch and reading a good book.</p><p>part. 4. Knocking on the door, Carson hollered, “Is anybody home?”</p><p>part. 5. I was surprised to see a delapidated outhouse behind the elegant home.</p><p>ger. 6. Is staring your way of showing disrespect?</p><p>part. 7. Laughing and cooing, the baby delighted the guests.</p><p>part. 8. Listening to the stranger’s dialect, Adam deduced he was from Aragon.</p><p>ger. 9. Determining our next move proved to be a puzzle.</p><p>part. 10. Charlotte, pausing for only a second, plunged into the cold water.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>118 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>1. Brave pioneers settled the American West. 2. The men and women considered the</p><p>journey dangerous.</p><p>Unit 5: Diagraming Sentences</p><p>Lesson 32</p><p>Diagraming Simple Sentences</p><p>Diagraming is a method of showing the relationship of various words and parts of a</p><p>sentence to the sentence as a whole. Use the following models as a guide in diagraming</p><p>simple sentences with adjectives and adverbs, direct objects and indirect objects, object</p><p>complements, and subject complements.</p><p>� Exercise1 Diagram each sentence.</p><p>Unit 5, Diagraming Sentences 119</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>subject action verb</p><p>object</p><p>complement</p><p>direct</p><p>object</p><p>adverb</p><p>adjective</p><p>indirect</p><p>object</p><p>linking</p><p>verb predicate word</p><p>co</p><p>nj.</p><p>compound</p><p>subject</p><p>compound</p><p>subject</p><p>adverb</p><p>3. The desert was the most dangerous section.</p><p>4. The weary pioneers advanced quite slowly.</p><p>5. The settlers’ journey was frightening and</p><p>exciting.</p><p>6. The Santa Fe Trail was an important trail.</p><p>7. The history teacher showed us historical</p><p>artifacts.</p><p>8. Our class thought the pioneers’ stories</p><p>inspiring.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>120 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 33</p><p>Diagraming Simple Sentences with Phrases</p><p>Use the following models as a guide in diagraming simple sentences with prepositional</p><p>phrases, appositives and appositive phrases, participles and participial phrases, gerunds</p><p>and gerund phrases, infinitives and infinitive phrases, and absolute phrases.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Diagram each sentence.</p><p>subject (appositive) verb</p><p>object</p><p>of preposition</p><p>m</p><p>odifier</p><p>m</p><p>odifier</p><p>preposition</p><p>subject verb complement</p><p>object</p><p>object</p><p>preposition</p><p>gerund</p><p>participle</p><p>subject verb</p><p>object</p><p>noun</p><p>phrase</p><p>infinitive</p><p>“to”</p><p>objectinfinitive</p><p>“to”</p><p>absolute</p><p>1. Seeking an enjoyable holiday, millions of</p><p>tourists come to the Smoky Mountains.</p><p>2. Camping is a popular way of experiencing</p><p>the mountains.</p><p>Unit 5, Diagraming Sentences 121</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>3. To hike in the Smokies would be a</p><p>wonderful way to spend a vacation.</p><p>4. Choosing a place to pitch a tent is difficult.</p><p>5. One of the things to consider is the</p><p>direction of the wind.</p><p>6. A rain fly, an extra layer of cloth, protects</p><p>the people in the tent.</p><p>7. Knowing the danger of summer storms, we</p><p>took raincoats with us.</p><p>8. Our camp having been set up, we felt ready</p><p>to enjoy the mountains.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>122 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 34</p><p>Diagraming Sentences with Clauses</p><p>Use the following models as a guide in diagraming compound sentences and complex</p><p>sentences with adjective, adverb, and noun clauses.</p><p>Selective breeding has been used for centuries to improve domesticated farm animals,</p><p>and the results are seen everywhere. (compound sentence)</p><p>One example is sheep that give finer wool. (complex sentence with adjective clause)</p><p>If farmers wish to improve their animals by selective breeding, they must keep careful</p><p>records. (complex sentence with adverb clauses)</p><p>has been usedbreeding</p><p>Selective</p><p>are seenresults</p><p>and</p><p>the</p><p>everywhere</p><p>dom</p><p>esticated</p><p>farm</p><p>for</p><p>centuries</p><p>to</p><p>improve animals</p><p>example is sheep</p><p>One</p><p>finer</p><p>give woolthat</p><p>must keep recordsthey</p><p>animals</p><p>wishfarmers</p><p>If</p><p>careful</p><p>their</p><p>to</p><p>improve</p><p>by</p><p>selective</p><p>breeding</p><p>Unit 5, Diagraming Sentences 123</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Which of many characteristics are desirable is an important decision. (complex</p><p>sentence with noun clause as subject)</p><p>Livestock farmers hope that the results of their selective breeding will be successful.</p><p>(complex sentence with noun clause as direct object)</p><p>Successful livestock farmers can sell superior breeding stock to whoever desires to</p><p>improve a herd or flock. (complex sentence with noun clause as object</p><p>of preposition)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>124 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>is decision</p><p>Which</p><p>traits</p><p>are desirable</p><p>im</p><p>portant</p><p>an</p><p>of</p><p>m</p><p>any</p><p>hopestudents</p><p>applications will be accepted</p><p>that</p><p>Twelfth-grade</p><p>their</p><p>college</p><p>o</p><p>r</p><p>flock</p><p>herd</p><p>can sell stockfarmers</p><p>whoever desires</p><p>livestock</p><p>Successful</p><p>breeding</p><p>superior</p><p>to</p><p>improve</p><p>to a</p><p>1. Members of the club may invite whomever</p><p>they want to the awards banquet.</p><p>2. That so many people were willing to</p><p>volunteer for the project made it a success.</p><p>3. If Danielle does not study harder, her</p><p>eligibility for the soccer team might be</p><p>suspended.</p><p>4. Even though the movie was quite long, it</p><p>was very entertaining.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Diagram each sentence.</p><p>Unit 5, Diagraming Sentences 125</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>5. Send that birthday card to whoever has the</p><p>best sense of humor.</p><p>6. People who live in glass houses should not</p><p>throw stones.</p><p>7. Some young children who attend the</p><p>preschool are very cautious, but others just</p><p>do whatever they want.</p><p>8. How the raccoon got into the attic is</p><p>another question.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>126 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>1. Gary, a music student, and Paul, our band</p><p>director, consider Bach king.</p><p>2. The last drop of water having fallen from</p><p>the canteen, the explorer let out a cry of</p><p>despair.</p><p>3. Regaining his feet, the runner stumbled</p><p>onward, and he soon found himself at the</p><p>finish line.</p><p>4. Gatlinburg, a small town in the foothills,</p><p>has grown quite large.</p><p>5. Whether Robin decides to attend the</p><p>meeting is unimportant to whoever is in</p><p>charge.</p><p>6. Catching the flag would prove that she</p><p>deserved a spot with the flag corps.</p><p>Unit 5 Review</p><p>� Exercise 1 Diagram each sentence.</p><p>Unit 5, Diagraming Sentences 127</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review Units 1–5</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write trans. in the blank if the action verb is transitive or intr. if the action verb is</p><p>intransitive.</p><p>trans. We heaped the stones in a pile by the door.</p><p>intr. 1. The twins sang at the top of their lungs.</p><p>trans. 2. Surely they have investigated the cause of the accident by now.</p><p>trans. 3. I couldn’t believe my eyes!</p><p>trans. 4. What should we do now?</p><p>intr. 5. The wind whipped through my too-thin jacket.</p><p>trans. 6. Milan answered the phone with a gruff, “What?”</p><p>trans. 7. Joshua collected the discarded pizza boxes.</p><p>trans. 8. Mrs. Glimsher wrote me a letter about Kyle’s broken wrist.</p><p>intr. 9. Mary Lou paints like Picasso.</p><p>trans. 10. Did anyone tell the Mozzels about the block party?</p><p>� Exercise 2 Add an adjective clause or an adverb clause to each sentence. Answers will vary.</p><p>The man had a phone in his car.</p><p>The man who talked incessantly had a phone in his car.</p><p>1. Howard has written a book. Possible answer: Howard has written a book that I would love to read.</p><p>2. The lampshade was shaped like a lily. Possible answer: The lampshade, which was made of stained</p><p>glass, was shaped like a lily.</p><p>3. The sky was clear. Possible answer: The sky was clear, although rain was in the forecast.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>128 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>4. Why don’t we play a board game? Possible answer: Until it is time for the movie, why don’t we play a</p><p>board game?</p><p>5. The hotel lacked all but the barest necessities. Possible answer: The hotel where we stayed on our</p><p>vacation lacked all but the barest necessities.</p><p>6. More people attended this year’s home show. Possible answer: More people attended this year’s</p><p>home show than we had expected.</p><p>7. Joe missed his cue. Possible answer: While he concentrated on remembering his lines, Joe missed his</p><p>cue.</p><p>8. You’ll have to replace that pitcher. Possible answer: You’ll have to replace that pitcher when Leftie</p><p>comes to bat.</p><p>9. That clarinetist is my sister. Possible answer: That clarinetist who hit the sour note is my sister.</p><p>10. Someday I’d like to visit Aberdeen, Scotland. Possible answer: Someday I’d like to visit Aberdeen,</p><p>Scotland, which was my grandfather’s birthplace.</p><p>Unit 5, Diagraming Sentences 129</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>1. The wagon drivers offered their oxen hay.</p><p>2. Our plans having been decided, we made</p><p>reservations.</p><p>3. On the shores of Maine, her grandfather had</p><p>built a home for his family.</p><p>4. The women and their daughters attended a</p><p>weekend retreat in July.</p><p>� Exercise 3 Diagram each sentence.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>130 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 6: Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood</p><p>Lesson 35</p><p>Regular Verbs: Principal Parts</p><p>Verbs have four main parts—a base form, a present participle, a simple past form, and a</p><p>past participle. A regular verb forms its past form and past participle by adding -ed or -d</p><p>to the base form. A regular verb forms its present participle by adding -ing to the base</p><p>form. Both the present and past participle forms require a helping verb.</p><p>Base Form: The umpire yells at the batter.</p><p>Present Participle: The umpire is yelling at the batter.</p><p>Past Form: The umpire yelled at the batter.</p><p>Past Participle: The umpire has yelled at the batter.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Complete each sentence by writing the form of the verb indicated in parentheses.</p><p>All the students at school [ love baseball. (base form of love)</p><p>1. Our team members [ need new uniforms for the championship game. (base form of need)</p><p>2. We are [ playing against the Newton High Tigers. (present participle of play)</p><p>3. We certainly [ expect to win the game. (base form of expect)</p><p>4. However, three of our best players have [ injured themselves this year. (past participle of injure)</p><p>5. The expense of nine new uniforms almost [ ruined us. (past form of ruin)</p><p>6. To pay for them, the kids [ washed cars for eight Saturdays in a row. (past form of wash)</p><p>7. Everyone [ hated the sight of buckets and sponges. (past form of hate)</p><p>8. Apu said that his hands [ looked like dried prunes. (past form of look)</p><p>9. The work is over; now we are [ looking forward to the fun. (present participle of look)</p><p>10. The rally we held yesterday has [ succeeded in boosting the team’s morale. (past participle</p><p>of succeed)</p><p>11. Akira, our best batter, has [ promised to hit at least three home runs. (past participle of promise)</p><p>12. Ms. Concordia, our principal, is [ printing tickets for the game. (present participle of print)</p><p>13. She is [ talking about giving the team a special surprise if they win the game. (present</p><p>participle of talk)</p><p>14. Jerome can [ guess that the surprise will be a special guest at the victory dance. (base</p><p>form of guess)</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 131</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>15. He knows that Ms. Concordia’s brother</p><p>does [ play drums in a famous rock group. (base</p><p>form of play)</p><p>16. Could she be [ planning to ask the group to play at the dance? (present participle of plan)</p><p>17. In the last game our shortstop hit a line drive and [ galloped to first base as fast as he could.</p><p>(past form of gallop)</p><p>18. Just before he got there he [ tripped over a small stone and was tagged out. (past form of trip)</p><p>19. Everyone is [ hoping that such accidents will not spoil this game. (present participle of hope)</p><p>20. By this time tomorrow we hope to be [ celebrating a rousing victory. (present participle of</p><p>celebrate)</p><p>� Exercise 2 Identify the form of each verb in italics.</p><p>focused past</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>132 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>1. have wondered past participle</p><p>2. are jumping present participle</p><p>3. borrowed past form</p><p>4. have kneeled past participle</p><p>5. walk base form</p><p>6. modeled past form</p><p>7. illustrated past form</p><p>8. have caused past participle</p><p>9. describe base form</p><p>10. was escaping present participle</p><p>11. shouted past form</p><p>12. type base form</p><p>13. rented past form</p><p>14. were climbing present participle</p><p>15. is shoveling present participle</p><p>16. had painted past participle</p><p>17. investigate base form</p><p>18. are baking present participle</p><p>19. has leaked past participle</p><p>20. exploded past form</p><p>� Writing Link Write a paragraph using at least seven of the italicized words in Exercise 2.</p><p>Lesson 36</p><p>Irregular Verbs: Principal Parts</p><p>Irregular verbs form their past form and past participle in ways different from the -ed and</p><p>-d additions used for regular verbs. See the examples below for the verb be.</p><p>Present Participle: You are being very stubborn.</p><p>Past Form: You were funny at the party last night.</p><p>Past Participle: You have been unusually quiet today.</p><p>The principal parts of some irregular verbs are shown below.</p><p>BASE FORM PRESENT PARTICIPLE PAST FORM PAST PARTICIPLE</p><p>be (am, is, are) being was, were been</p><p>begin beginning began begun</p><p>break breaking broke broken</p><p>bring bringing brought brought</p><p>choose choosing chose chosen</p><p>drink drinking drank drunk</p><p>eat eating ate eaten</p><p>fall falling fell fallen</p><p>fight fighting fought fought</p><p>fly flying flew flown</p><p>go going went gone</p><p>keep keeping kept kept</p><p>lose losing lost lost</p><p>run running ran run</p><p>swim swimming swam swum</p><p>wear wearing wore worn</p><p>see seeing saw seen</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the verb in parentheses that correctly completes each sentence. Write</p><p>whether the verb is a base form, present participle, past form, or past participle.</p><p>past form The Olympic Games (begin, began) in Greece in 776 B.C.</p><p>past participle 1. Reba has (swim, swum) in this event many times.</p><p>past form 2. Last year she (swam, swum) it in record time.</p><p>present participle 3. The coach says that Tonelle is (dive, diving) her very best.</p><p>past form 4. Today Jane (wear, wore) her favorite bathing suit to practice.</p><p>past participle 5. She has (saying, said) that it brings her good luck.</p><p>past form 6. Bob (think, thought) he wouldn’t qualify for the high dive.</p><p>present participle 7. However, we think he is (going, go) to win easily.</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 133</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>past form 8. Two years ago Timmy (win, won) the pole vault.</p><p>past participle 9. The local newspaper has (wrote, written) about him often.</p><p>past form 10. A photo they (take, took) of him won a sports award.</p><p>past participle 11. Have you (go, gone) to any of the events yet?</p><p>past form 12. I (gone, went) to watch the broad jump yesterday.</p><p>past form 13. Sam (tell, told) us that his right knee is sore.</p><p>past participle 14. He hopes he has not (tore, torn) a muscle.</p><p>past participle 15. He has (see, seen) a doctor about it already.</p><p>base form 16. I (think, thinking) the doctor recommended heat.</p><p>past participle 17. Did you know that he has (have, had) an operation on that knee?</p><p>base form 18. We hope the twins (win, winning) a track scholarship to college.</p><p>base form 19. After the track meet, may I (ride, rode) home with you?</p><p>past form 20. I (drive, drove) here yesterday with my sister.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write in the blank the verb form indicated. Use a disctionary if necessary</p><p>past participle of write written</p><p>1. past form of break broke</p><p>2. present participle of see seeing</p><p>3. base form of lose lose</p><p>4. past form of drink drank</p><p>5. past participle of swim swum</p><p>6. present participle of bring bringing</p><p>7. past form of wear wore</p><p>8. base form of run run</p><p>9. past participle of go gone</p><p>10. present participle of eat eating</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>134 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>11. past participle of come come</p><p>12. past form of fly flew</p><p>13. past participle of fall fallen</p><p>14. past participle of fight fought</p><p>15. past form of begin began</p><p>16. past participle of throw thrown</p><p>17. past form of sleep slept</p><p>18. present participle of keep keeping</p><p>19. past participle of be been</p><p>20. past form of choose chose</p><p>Lesson 37</p><p>Tense of Verbs: Present, Past, and Future</p><p>The present tense expresses an action that is repeated, ongoing, or always true. It also</p><p>expresses an action that is happening right now. The present tense and the base form of a</p><p>verb are the same, except for the third person singular (he, she, or it), which adds -s or -es.</p><p>The verb be is an exception to this rule.</p><p>Andrea plays basketball for the school team. (repeated action)</p><p>She dunks the ball. (right now)</p><p>The school has two basketball teams. (always true)</p><p>The past tense expresses an action that has already occurred. In regular verbs the past</p><p>tense is formed by adding -ed or -d to the base form. In irregular verbs the past tense</p><p>takes a variety of forms. The verb be uses two past tense forms—was and were. The past</p><p>tense is the same as the past form.</p><p>We studied hard for the test.</p><p>All the chickens flew the coop.</p><p>Jay was riding in my car.</p><p>We were pleased with our work.</p><p>The future tense expresses an action that will take place in the future. The future tense is</p><p>formed by adding will to the base form.</p><p>I will go to the dance with Felipe.</p><p>My dad will be happy with my grades.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Complete each sentence by writing the form of the verb in parentheses.</p><p>Guillermo [ began his experiment yesterday. (past tense of begin)</p><p>1. My grandmother [ will arrive Tuesday. (future tense of arrive)</p><p>2. The Science Club [ elected a new president. (past tense of elect)</p><p>3. The cat always [ loses her catnip mouse. (present tense of lose)</p><p>4. Our class [ will graduate next June. (future tense of graduate)</p><p>5. I [ saw the movie two weeks ago. (past tense of see)</p><p>6. Roberto always [ has a funny joke to tell. (present tense of have)</p><p>7. Today he [ told a joke about a light bulb. (past tense of tell)</p><p>8. This afternoon I [ will rearrange my closet. (future tense of rearrange)</p><p>9. We [ will see who wins the race. (future tense of see)</p><p>10. Maizie always [ tells me her problems. (present tense of tell)</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 135</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>11. I [ was in school almost all day. (past tense of be)</p><p>12. My sister [ will save money for college. (future tense</p><p>of save)</p><p>13. After weeks of looking, Jim [ found a job. (past tense of find)</p><p>14. She [ will notify the office about the meeting. (future tense of notify)</p><p>15. [ Will you please [ open the door for me? (future tense of open)</p><p>16. The twins [ are almost always together. (present tense of be)</p><p>17. They [ drove for three days to get here. (past tense of drive)</p><p>18. I [ brought my new radio with me to the beach. (past tense of bring)</p><p>19. Consuelo [ will interview for the job tomorrow. (future tense of interview)</p><p>20. It [ is almost time to leave for class. (present tense of be)</p><p>21. I [ will never [ forget his face. (future tense of forget)</p><p>22. Jacob [ hung his jacket on a nail. (past tense of hang)</p><p>23. I think I [ lost my car keys in the grass. (past tense of lose)</p><p>24. The French club [ will hold a debate tomorrow. (future tense of hold)</p><p>25. Our side [ won the mock trial. (past tense of win)</p><p>26. Who [ signed the Declaration of Independence first? (past tense of sign)</p><p>27. I think he [ knows about the surprise party. (present tense of know)</p><p>28. Alfonso [ will help us paint the room. (future tense of help)</p><p>29. Shakespeare [ wrote many fine plays. (past tense of write)</p><p>30. Last week Beth [ swam ten laps. (past tense of swim)</p><p>31. The gym [ will soon [ need new equipment. (future tense of need)</p><p>32. Arturo [ ate almost all the potato salad. (past tense of eat)</p><p>33. I [ will take my paycheck to the bank. (future tense of take)</p><p>34. His old car [ broke down on the highway. (past tense of break)</p><p>35. The crowd of people [ ran past us. (past tense of run)</p><p>36. Mom [ worries about the boys. (present tense of worry)</p><p>37. My quarter [ jammed in the parking meter. (past tense of jam)</p><p>38. The conductor [ will tell us the right stop. (future tense of tell)</p><p>39. Grandma [ taught me how to knit. (past tense of teach)</p><p>40. The batter [ took a swing at the ball. (past tense of take)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>136 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 137</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 38</p><p>Perfect Tenses: Present, Past, and Future</p><p>The present perfect tense is used either to express an action that took place at some</p><p>indefinite time in the past or to express an action that began in the past and continues in</p><p>the present. The present perfect tense is formed with the past participle of the verb and</p><p>the helping verb has or have. This tense often includes adverb phrases.</p><p>She has told the teacher about her absence.</p><p>I have given you all my class notes.</p><p>The past perfect tense is used to show that one action in the past began and ended before</p><p>another action in the past started. The past perfect tense is formed with the past</p><p>participle of the verb and the helping verb had.</p><p>They had left the house by the time I arrived.</p><p>The future perfect tense is used to show that one action or condition in the future will</p><p>begin and end before another event in the future starts. The future perfect tense is formed</p><p>with the past participle of the verb and the helping verbs will have.</p><p>By the time we get there, the movie will have started.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw two lines under each perfect-tense verb. Write whether the tense of the verb is</p><p>present perfect, past perfect, or future perfect.</p><p>present perfect Alison has never been to the Pacific Northwest.</p><p>present perfect 1. Have you decided whether to take French next term?</p><p>future perfect 2. By this time next year the child will have grown six inches.</p><p>past perfect 3. They didn’t go to the movie because they had already seen it.</p><p>present perfect 4. Have you had trouble with the car before?</p><p>past perfect 5. Before we spoke I didn’t know there had been an accident.</p><p>present perfect 6. I have tried to explain the problem many times.</p><p>present perfect 7. My family has hunted in these woods for generations.</p><p>future perfect 8. After tonight I will have heard the concert six times.</p><p>past perfect 9. They were tired because the work had been especially hard.</p><p>present perfect 10. Has Mr. O’Reilly graded our papers yet?</p><p>present perfect 11. Digna has lived in this country for three years.</p><p>past perfect 12. She had already demanded a raise from her boss.</p><p>past perfect 13. I wanted to dance with her, but Bill had already asked her.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>138 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>present perfect 14. Ruth has voted for him before, but she won’t again.</p><p>present perfect 15. The coaches have stressed that the players should be careful.</p><p>past perfect 16. The climbers had hoped to get to the top.</p><p>past perfect 17. We had waited a long time before we gave up and left.</p><p>future perfect 18. After this one I will have filled out ten applications.</p><p>future perfect 19. By the end of the day we will have picked a bushel of apples.</p><p>present perfect 20. They have played darts together many times.</p><p>future perfect 21. By next week they will have traveled a thousand miles.</p><p>present perfect 22. Mrs. Jones has requested us not to shout.</p><p>past perfect 23. The wind had never blown so fiercely.</p><p>present perfect 24. The pitcher has thrown the ball too hard.</p><p>future perfect 25. Julio will have invited Jessica to the party by now.</p><p>past perfect 26. By six o’clock Henry had showered and shaved.</p><p>present perfect 27. The students have decorated the gym with streamers.</p><p>present perfect 28. Akimi has wanted a car for a long time.</p><p>past perfect 29. Nayyer had worked as a waiter before.</p><p>present perfect 30. The car has had many flat tires.</p><p>present perfect 31. We have lived in this apartment for years.</p><p>future perfect 32. By the end of July, I will have mowed the lawn six times.</p><p>present perfect 33. Has the space shuttle landed yet?</p><p>past perfect 34. It was too late—the spy had discovered the secret.</p><p>present perfect 35. Scientists have uncovered many riddles of the universe.</p><p>present perfect 36. Has the caterer arrived with the refreshments?</p><p>present perfect 37. The bride has postponed the wedding.</p><p>past perfect 38. The ceremony had started before the superintendent got there.</p><p>future perfect 39. I am sure that when the buzzer sounds, Hobbes will have scored at</p><p>least ten points.</p><p>present perfect 40. The police have asked us not to gather on the corner.</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 139</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 39</p><p>Tenses of Verbs</p><p>The present tense expresses an action that is repeated, always true, or happening right now.</p><p>I often buy muffins at this bakery.</p><p>The past tense expresses an action that has already occurred.</p><p>I tossed the ball in the air and hit it hard.</p><p>The future tense expresses an action that will take place in the future.</p><p>Sharon will subtract the numbers.</p><p>The present perfect tense expresses an action that took place at some</p><p>time in the past or</p><p>an action that began in the past and is still continuing.</p><p>Jake has gathered the flowers.</p><p>The past perfect tense shows that one action in the past began and ended before another</p><p>action started.</p><p>He had already come inside by the time it started to rain.</p><p>The future perfect tense shows that an action in the future will begin and end before</p><p>another action begins.</p><p>I will have finished my exam by the time yours begins.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw two lines under each verb. Write in the blank the tense of the verb.</p><p>past Dr. Della Chiesa told us a strange story yesterday.</p><p>present 1. There is an island in the Pacific called Guam.</p><p>present 2. As an animal specialist, he visits the island often.</p><p>past perfect 3. By the 1960s, game wardens on Guam had noticed a decrease in the bird</p><p>population.</p><p>past 4. However, no one found any bodies of dead birds.</p><p>past perfect 5. By the 1980s, some species of birds had almost disappeared.</p><p>past perfect 6. What had endangered so many birds to the point of extinction?</p><p>past 7. After much study, Julie Savidge, a biologist, reached some conclusions.</p><p>past 8. She ruled out disease and loss of habitat as the culprits.</p><p>past 9. Then she discovered a relationship between the disappearance of birds and the</p><p>increase of brown tree snakes.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>140 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>past 10. Was there a connection between the two events?</p><p>present 11. The brown tree snake is not native to Guam.</p><p>past perfect 12. It had probably sneaked onto the island on a plane or a boat.</p><p>past 13. Dr. Savidge often discovered eggs and feathers in the snakes’ stomachs.</p><p>past perfect 14. Further, the snake had proved its ferocity by its attacks on babies.</p><p>past, past 15. Dr. Savidge concluded that the snake was responsible for the disappearance of</p><p>the birds.</p><p>past, past 16. It was hard to convince other scientists of the truth of her findings, but finally</p><p>they agreed.</p><p>present 17. Today biologists work to reestablish endangered bird populations on Guam.</p><p>present perfect 18. In the meantime, several brown tree snakes, hidden in air freight, have reached</p><p>Hawaii.</p><p>past, past 19. Fortunately, people captured them before they escaped into the forests.</p><p>future perfect 20. By the end of this century, many tropical birds will have disappeared due to</p><p>the brown tree snake.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write in the blank the tense of the verb indicated in parentheses.</p><p>we [ will have ridden (future perfect of ride)</p><p>1. it [ explodes (present of explode)</p><p>2. I [ will have fought (future perfect of fight)</p><p>3. they [ had enjoyed (past perfect of enjoy)</p><p>4. he [ will choose (future of choose)</p><p>5. you [ will have flown (future perfect of fly)</p><p>6. it [ had broken (past perfect of break)</p><p>7. they [ write (present of write)</p><p>8. I [ will have seen (future perfect of see)</p><p>9. they [ had thrown (past perfect of throw)</p><p>10. it [ will have spun (future perfect of spin)</p><p>11. I [ was (past of be)</p><p>12. we [ will tune (future of tune)</p><p>Lesson 40</p><p>Verbs: Progressive and Emphatic Forms</p><p>The progressive form of a verb expresses an action that is continuing at the time referred</p><p>to in the sentence. The progressive form uses the present participle of the verb with the</p><p>appropriate tense of the verb be.</p><p>Present Progressive: They are joking.</p><p>Past Progressive: They were joking.</p><p>Future Progressive: They will be joking.</p><p>Present Perfect Progressive: They have been joking.</p><p>Past Perfect Progressive: They had been joking.</p><p>Future Perfect Progressive: They will have been joking.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Complete each sentence by writing in the blank the verb form indicated in parentheses.</p><p>I [ am leaving tomorrow, so I’ll say good-bye now. (present progressive of leave)</p><p>1. They [ will be speaking at the meeting. (future progressive of speak)</p><p>2. By Tuesday they [ will have been traveling for three weeks. (future perfect progressive of travel)</p><p>3. The horse [ is jumping over the fence. (present progressive of jump)</p><p>4. The chorus [ will be singing tonight. (future progressive of sing)</p><p>5. She [ had been asking for his address. (past perfect progressive of ask)</p><p>6. They [ were eating when the phone rang. (past progressive of eat)</p><p>7. We [ will be performing next. (future progressive of perform)</p><p>8. The dog [ has been sleeping all day. (present perfect progressive of sleep)</p><p>9. Soon he [ will have been working on his novel for six years. (future perfect progressive of work)</p><p>10. While you [ were hiking , we were swimming. (past progressive of hike)</p><p>11. I [ am running as fast as I can. (present progressive of run)</p><p>12. Jaime [ will be stopping here on his way through town. (future progressive of stop)</p><p>13. Anita [ had been napping when the phone rang. (past perfect progressive of nap)</p><p>14. They [ are being very generous to us. (present progressive of be)</p><p>15. They [ have been visiting each other often. (present perfect progressive of visit)</p><p>16. Before their argument they [ had been dating . (past perfect progressive of date)</p><p>17. In June they [ will have been redecorating for a year. (future perfect progressive of redecorate)</p><p>18. The kids [ were diving into the pool. (past progressive of dive)</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 141</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>19. [ Are you [ competing in the contest? (present progressive of compete)</p><p>20. I [ will be finishing my homework before Sunday night. (future progressive of finish)</p><p>The emphatic form adds emphasis to the verb. The emphatic form uses the base form of</p><p>the verb with do, does, or did.</p><p>Present Emphatic: I do need a new dress.</p><p>Rhonda does buy a lot of new clothes.</p><p>Past Emphatic: You did spend too much on those shoes.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Complete each sentence by writing the correct emphatic form of the verb in parentheses.</p><p>I [ did turn my homework in on time yesterday. (turn)</p><p>1. No matter what you say, I [ do know how to boil water. (know)</p><p>2. Sheila [ did follow instructions; the instructions were wrong. (follow)</p><p>3. I [ did wash the dishes last night. (wash)</p><p>4. Before you forget, [ do thank your grandmother for the check. (thank)</p><p>5. Whatever else he lacks, Carl [ does have good manners. (have)</p><p>6. Allen [ does hope he gets the job. (hope)</p><p>7. I [ do need glasses; I can not see well. (need)</p><p>8. Antoine [ did give her your message before he left. (give)</p><p>9. Jess [ did do a good job on the garden last spring. (do)</p><p>10. Sally [ does want or did want to go with us, but her dad says she can’t. (want)</p><p>11. It’s hard to believe, but he [ did write that poem. (write)</p><p>12. Billy [ did speak to her; she just didn’t hear him. (speak)</p><p>13. He [ does like her, but he doesn’t know how to tell her. (like)</p><p>14. I [ do think you’re a good cook; I’m just not hungry. (think)</p><p>15. Akira [ did study for the test, but it was very difficult. (study)</p><p>16. If you go to the store, [ do get me a Sports</p><p>Illustrated. (get)</p><p>17. Oh, [ do tell him before he finds out from someone else. (tell)</p><p>18. It took a lot of courage, but she [ did dive from the high board. (dive)</p><p>19. It didn’t show much, but John [ did enjoy himself at the party. (enjoy)</p><p>20. I’d love a cake, and [ do make it chocolate. (make)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>142 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 41</p><p>Verbs: Compatibility of Tenses</p><p>When two or more events take place at the same time in a sentence, the verb tenses must</p><p>be the same.</p><p>Incorrect: When Holly applied for the job, she gives several references.</p><p>Correct: When Holly applied for the job, she gave several references.</p><p>Sometimes one event occurs before or after another event in a sentence. In these cases it</p><p>is appropriate to shift tenses.</p><p>Incorrect: By the time Cindy arrived, Jason left.</p><p>Correct: By the time Cindy arrived, Jason had left.</p><p>Here the tense shifts from past (arrived) to past perfect (had left) to show that Jason left</p><p>before Cindy arrived.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Complete each sentence with the correct tense of the verb in parentheses.</p><p>We stopped by your apartment, but you [ were not home. (be)</p><p>1. We planned a picnic, but the rain [ forced us to postpone it. (force)</p><p>2. Orlando will walk the dog just before he [ leaves . (leave)</p><p>3. Winter’s snows have melted, and spring [ is on the way. (be)</p><p>4. No one knows how much the candidate [ spent on her election. (spend)</p><p>5. If you study hard, I’m sure you [ will pass the test. (pass)</p><p>6. Diana lent me this dress, and I [ promised to be careful with it. (promise)</p><p>7. By the end of the trial, the suspect [ had cleared his name. (clear)</p><p>8. Anita drove her little brother to the dentist’s office and [ waited for him. (wait)</p><p>9. Alicia tried out for the part, but Sandra [ got it. (get)</p><p>10. I knew you wanted that book, so I [ bought it for you. (buy)</p><p>11. Because you don’t understand Spanish, I [ will translate for you. (translate)</p><p>12. Anthony found some arrowheads when he [ dug in the field. (dig)</p><p>13. I didn’t know you [ had invited her to the prom. (invite)</p><p>14. Our class had decided that we [ wanted to put on a rock opera. (want)</p><p>15. By day’s end the farmer [ had plowed almost all of his land. (plow)</p><p>16. Helena spoke calmly, but her eyes [ revealed her anger. (reveal)</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 143</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>144 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>17. If you look closely you [ will see the nucleus of the amoeba. (see)</p><p>18. The Coast Guard went to the rescue, but the boat [ had sunk already. (sink)</p><p>19. She asked him to be careful with the key, but he [ lost it. (lose)</p><p>20. Did you say that you spoke to him before he [ left school? (leave)</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw two lines under each verb or verb phrase. The second verb or verb phrase in</p><p>each sentence is incorrect. In the blank, write the correct tense of the second verb or verb phrase.</p><p>Lenny loved baseball, so he had decided to read about it. decided</p><p>1. Many people believe that television had displayed too much violence. displays</p><p>2. Lenny hoped to join a team, and he wants it to be the Oilers. wanted</p><p>3. When we entered the theater, the usher had shown us to our seats. showed</p><p>4. Cricket is a game that used innings and umpires. uses</p><p>5. While Juan peeled the potatoes, Luba shells the peas. shelled</p><p>6. I read in a book that Lewis and Clark try to teach the Nez Percé “the game of base.” tried</p><p>7. If the weather is mild, the school held the graduation ceremony outside. will hold</p><p>8. As the ice thawed, a puddle of water has formed. formed</p><p>9. The Knicks’ first official game was with the New York Baseball Club;</p><p>they will lose. lost</p><p>10. My dad made spaghetti sauce and had asked me to try it. asked</p><p>11. Lou Gehrig was a fine player; he hits four home runs in one game. hit</p><p>12. Satchel Paige was a porter before he becomes a great pitcher. became</p><p>13. My grandma always sits in her favorite chair when she did her knitting. does</p><p>14. Frisky ran out the door and howls at the moon. howled</p><p>15. Ted Williams played for the Red Sox; he is one of their best players. was</p><p>16. Many people collect baseball cards because it was a lot of fun. is</p><p>17. By the time I finished my homework, my favorite show ended. had ended</p><p>18. Whenever Luisa goes camping, she borrowed a sleeping bag from Mitch. borrows</p><p>19. Panda bears sleep a lot because it was hard work eating bamboo for</p><p>fourteen hours a day! is</p><p>20. I feel like playing baseball; where was my mitt? is</p><p>Lesson 42</p><p>Voice of Verbs</p><p>Action verbs can be used in two ways—in the active voice and in the passive voice. A</p><p>sentence has a verb in the active voice if the subject performs the action. A sentence has a</p><p>verb in the passive voice if the action is performed on the subject. The passive voice is</p><p>formed by using the past participle of the verb with a form of the verb be.</p><p>Angelina drove the pickup. (active voice)</p><p>The pickup was driven by Angelina. (passive voice)</p><p>The passive voice can give variety to your writing. In general, however, the active voice</p><p>is more interesting, more direct, and makes for livelier writing.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw two lines under each verb or verb phrase. Write A above the verb if it is</p><p>active and P if it is passive.</p><p>P A</p><p>We were amazed when Bella played the solo.</p><p>A A</p><p>1. Ben dropped the ball, and the other team picked it up.</p><p>P</p><p>2. Stella is liked by the whole class.</p><p>A P</p><p>3. My dog bit the mail carrier, who was treated at the urgent care center.</p><p>A P</p><p>4. Audrey ate a piece of cake and was given another.</p><p>A P</p><p>5. Krista wrote this postcard, but it wasn’t mailed until yesterday.</p><p>P</p><p>6. The drums were played by Stan.</p><p>P</p><p>7. The cake for the party will be baked by Harry’s dad.</p><p>A A</p><p>8. Andy milked the cows, and Sue gathered the eggs.</p><p>P A</p><p>9. First prize was won by Trudy, and Jamal won second prize.</p><p>A</p><p>10. The scientist split the atom.</p><p>A A</p><p>11. Captain Kidd buried the treasure, and no one could find it.</p><p>P</p><p>12. Ethiopia was ruled by Haile Selassie.</p><p>A</p><p>13. Mozart wrote many wonderful sonatas.</p><p>A P</p><p>14. Carmen painted a portrait of her aunt, and it was given to her uncle.</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 145</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>146 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>A</p><p>15. Captain Morse will fly the plane to Iceland.</p><p>A A</p><p>16. Carlos dropped the spaghetti, so our dog ate it.</p><p>A A</p><p>17. Dr. Washington gave the lecture, but few were listening.</p><p>A P</p><p>18. The carpenters built the house, and it was finished ahead of schedule.</p><p>P</p><p>19. The sled was pulled by horses.</p><p>P</p><p>20. The project will be created by a team of students.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write A above the verb if it is in the active voice and P if it is in the passive voice.</p><p>Then rewrite each</p><p>active-voice sentence in the passive voice and each passive-voice sentence in</p><p>the active voice.</p><p>P</p><p>The washing machine was fixed by the repair person. The repair person fixed the washing machine.</p><p>A</p><p>1. A beachcomber found a gold coin. A gold coin was found by a beachcomber.</p><p>P</p><p>2. The paper was typed by Felicia. Felicia typed the paper.</p><p>A</p><p>3. Abby will drive the tractor. The tractor will be driven by Abby.</p><p>P</p><p>4. The problem was solved by Andre. Andre solved the problem.</p><p>P</p><p>5. The scarf was knitted by my mom. My mom knitted the scarf.</p><p>A</p><p>6. Dr. DiFalco examined the cat. The cat was examined by Dr. DiFalco.</p><p>A</p><p>7. The operator placed the call. The call was placed by the operator.</p><p>A</p><p>8. My horse will win the race. The race will be won by my horse.</p><p>A</p><p>9. Cinderella will sweep the hearth. The hearth will be swept by Cinderella.</p><p>P</p><p>10. The pennant was won by the Red Sox. The Red Sox won the pennant.</p><p>A</p><p>11. The plumber fixed the leaky faucet. The leaky faucet was fixed by the plumber.</p><p>A</p><p>12. The baby spilled the oatmeal. The oatmeal was spilled by the baby.</p><p>Lesson 43</p><p>Mood of Verbs</p><p>Verbs express one of three moods—the indicative mood, the imperative mood, or the</p><p>subjunctive mood.</p><p>The indicative mood makes a statement or asks a question. This is the mood most</p><p>frequently used.</p><p>She picks up the flute and plays it.</p><p>The imperative mood expresses a command or makes a request.</p><p>Pick up the flute and play it.</p><p>In formal English the subjunctive mood is used to express indirectly a demand,</p><p>recommendation, suggestion, or statement of necessity. In this case, the subjunctive uses</p><p>the imperative form of the verb.</p><p>We demand [or recommend or suggest] that he leave town.</p><p>It is essential that the law be changed.</p><p>The subjunctive mood also states a condition or a wish that is contrary to fact. This use</p><p>of the subjunctive always requires a past form and often follows the word if. The</p><p>subjunctive mood uses were, not was.</p><p>If she were engaged, she would have told me.</p><p>I wish I were an astronaut.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write ind. in the blank if the verb in italics is indicative, imp. if it is imperative, or</p><p>subj. if it is subjunctive.</p><p>imp Please be careful with the car.</p><p>ind. 1. Robin wishes that she could fly a plane.</p><p>ind. 2. Lincoln spoke eloquently at Gettysburg.</p><p>subj. 3. My father asked that I explain where I had been.</p><p>ind. 4. I am writing a paper about the U.S. justice system.</p><p>imp. 5. Next, fry the onions and garlic in olive oil.</p><p>subj. 6. Is it necessary that I be here tomorrow morning?</p><p>ind. 7. He is leaving tomorrow at ten o’clock.</p><p>imp. 8. Please explain the problem to Kim.</p><p>subj. 9. He treats her as if she were a child.</p><p>ind. 10. We spent a wonderful day climbing Mt. Washington.</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 147</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>imp. 11. Describe the accident as accurately as you can.</p><p>subj. 12. If I were his mother, I would not give him the car keys.</p><p>subj. 13. I wish I knew half as much about cars as you do.</p><p>imp. 14. Eat up; there’s much more.</p><p>ind. 15. Who will volunteer to be on the public relations committee?</p><p>ind. 16. Jerold stormed angrily out of the room.</p><p>subj. 17. If I had graduated last spring, I would have applied for the job.</p><p>imp. 18. Try to get here before the storm starts.</p><p>imp. 19. Invite them to the party if you want to.</p><p>ind. 20. Did Sami finish writing his term paper?</p><p>� Exercise 2 Complete each sentence with the indicative, imperative, or subjunctive form of the</p><p>verb in parentheses.</p><p>If I [ were you, I would study for the test. (be)</p><p>1. He usually [ takes a long time at the store. (take)</p><p>2. Rob wishes that he [ could play the drums. (can)</p><p>3. Sheila [ wants to learn to play the flute. (want)</p><p>4. The blue dress [ is much too expensive. (be)</p><p>5. If he [ liked the movie, he would say so. (like)</p><p>6. Please [ clean your room before Saturday. (clean)</p><p>7. Is it necessary that he [ drive so fast? (drive)</p><p>8. I wish I [ were going to Boston with you. (be)</p><p>9. It is essential that your parents [ be here. (be)</p><p>10. I recommend that she [ read this book. (read)</p><p>11. If I [ needed glasses, I would get them. (need)</p><p>12. The doctor recommends that she [ get eight hours of sleep. (get)</p><p>13. It’s essential that the water [ come to a full boil. (come)</p><p>14. After all, it’s not as if she [ were an expert. (be)</p><p>15. If I [ sang as badly as he does, I’d never open my mouth. (sing)</p><p>16. The club demanded that the chairperson [ resign . (resign)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>148 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 6 Review</p><p>� Complete each sentence by writing the tense, mood, or voice of the verb in parentheses.</p><p>I [ have asked her several times to go out with me. (present perfect tense of ask)</p><p>1. Jill [ washed her car this morning. (past tense of wash)</p><p>2. The hiking club [ is climbing Mt. Washington. (present participle of climb)</p><p>3. Jake [ looks forward to seeing you. (present tense of look)</p><p>4. Yesterday Diana [ ran in the marathon. (past tense of run)</p><p>5. Until now I [ thought he would win. (past tense of think)</p><p>6. Jim [ has gone with his friends. (present perfect tense of go)</p><p>7. You [ were speaking to him after class. (past progressive tense of speak)</p><p>8. George [ will travel to Greece with his family. (future tense of travel)</p><p>9. He [ begged us to help him with his project. (past tense of beg)</p><p>10. The movie [ begins in one minute. (present tense of begin)</p><p>11. They [ have left for the concert. (present perfect tense of leave)</p><p>12. I didn’t know whether you [ had bought milk. (past perfect tense of buy)</p><p>13. By then you [ will have got or will have gotten my letter. (future perfect tense of get)</p><p>14. They [ are eating here. (present progressive tense of eat)</p><p>15. By noon they [ will have been studying for two hours. (future perfect progressive tense of study)</p><p>16. Eduardo [ did ask permission. (past emphatic form of ask)</p><p>17. I wish he [ were here now. (subjunctive mood of be)</p><p>18. The poem [ will be read by Alonzo. (future tense, passive voice of read)</p><p>19. Esther [ was bitten by a spider. (past tense, passive voice of bite)</p><p>20. It is essential that you [ be here. (subjunctive mood of be)</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 149</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>150 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–6</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under each adjective and two lines under each adverb. Draw an</p><p>arrow from the adjective or adverb to the word it modifies. Ignore the articles a, an, and the.</p><p>We often listen attentively to the guest speaker.</p><p>1. Diego almost always walks to school.</p><p>2. Most cats wash themselves very gracefully.</p><p>3. Today Jenny will enter a singing contest at the nearby school.</p><p>4. Ruth works hard in the new vegetable garden.</p><p>5. The friendly team, as they drove south, waved enthusiastically to the home crowd.</p><p>6. This morning, I burned my hand on the piping hot pan.</p><p>7. Go away and let me read this French book alone.</p><p>8. Those are the most unusual three stamps I ever have seen!</p><p>9. I will leave you and Amy here until you are ready to behave properly.</p><p>10. Yesterday, various small birds were singing near the cherry tree.</p><p>11. Often, if I know a test will be hard, I study longer than I usually do.</p><p>12. Almost every piece of stereo equipment was on sale at the Jefferson mall near the ball field.</p><p>13. Come here so we can sit closer to the stage and see the actors better.</p><p>14. I will not wear that dress to the junior prom!</p><p>15. My family ate less yesterday because we had less food.</p><p>16. She never felt so bad as when she did badly on the job interview.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw one line under each subject complement, and write pred. nom. (predicate</p><p>nominative) or pred. adj. (predicate adjective) in the blank. Circle each object complement, and</p><p>write noun, pronoun, or adjective in the blank.</p><p>pred. adj., noun Sandy is allergic to fur, so she called her cat Taboo.</p><p>pred. adj. 1. The soloist seemed nervous during the first act.</p><p>Unit 6, Verb Tenses, Voice, and Mood 151</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>noun 2. I find playing on a team good experience.</p><p>pronoun 3. Cole considers my guitar his.</p><p>pred. adj. 4. The homemade spaghetti tasted delicious.</p><p>pred. nom. 5. Sumi is the captain of the field hockey team.</p><p>noun 6. The student council elected Raul president.</p><p>adjective 7. The cinnamon made the bread wonderful.</p><p>adjective 8. The English teacher called Sholeh’s creative project extraordinary.</p><p>pred. nom. 9. Mrs. Jabar was the director of the school play.</p><p>pred. nom. 10. The Bastille in Paris became the symbol of tyranny during the French</p><p>Revolution.</p><p>pred. adj. 11. Fireworks are very dangerous to play with.</p><p>pred. nom. 12. Mr. Kleiber is my guidance counselor.</p><p>pronoun 13. I call the jacket mine even though it is really my dad’s.</p><p>pred. adj. 14. The movie plot sounds intriguing!</p><p>adjective 15. The bad weather made her trip miserable.</p><p>pred. adj. 16. Why do you look so cheerful today?</p><p>noun 17. I thought the man a phony until I saw his badge.</p><p>pred. nom. 18. The language dolphins use to communicate remains a mystery to scientists.</p><p>pred. adj. 19. Recycling is extremely important to the environment.</p><p>adjective 20. The continuous rainfall rendered irrigation unnecessary.</p><p>� Exercise 3 Draw one line under each prepositional phrase and two lines under each</p><p>participial phrase. Circle each gerund phrase. Identify the sentence by writing simple, compound,</p><p>complex, or compound-complex in the blank.</p><p>compound I kept admiring the car at the dealership, but needing money, I</p><p>didn’t buy it.</p><p>simple 1. Most members of the junior class and a few members of the senior class</p><p>got together and made plans for the upcoming junior-senior prom.</p><p>compound 2. Tina enjoys participating in extra-curricular clubs, but they involve a</p><p>major time commitment.</p><p>complex 3. We go to our exercise class when we get home from school.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>152 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>simple 4. Anticipating the bell, I finished my homework and packed my book</p><p>bag.</p><p>simple 5. Consumers must be wary about the commercials on television.</p><p>complex 6. Swimming at our school has become very popular since our school</p><p>got a new pool.</p><p>complex 7. Here is the sports section that you left in the living room.</p><p>compound 8. Moisha, feeling feverish and exhausted, tried to take a nap, but she</p><p>was awakened by the doorbell.</p><p>compound-complex 9. The word processor that we bought in New York is broken, and we</p><p>don’t know how it happened.</p><p>complex 10. Repairing things is not my dad’s strength although he does like to</p><p>try.</p><p>simple 11. Pancakes with lots of syrup and butter make eating breakfast a</p><p>pleasure.</p><p>complex 12. When the loggers from town had finished, what had once been a</p><p>dense forest thriving beautifully was now an arid wasteland.</p><p>simple 13. The science teacher could identify nine different species of ants</p><p>in the corner of his backyard.</p><p>compound-complex 14. My sister, who is a sophomore in college, is coming home for spring</p><p>break, and my parents and I are meeting her at the airport.</p><p>compound 15. Singing and playing the guitar are my favorite hobbies, but I also</p><p>enjoy collecting shells at the beach.</p><p>simple 16. In Oliver Twist by Charles Dickens, Oliver asks for more gruel.</p><p>simple 17. Walking to school every day gives me time to organize my day.</p><p>complex 18. The man who wrote this letter to the editor is obviously dissatisfied</p><p>with the new waste-water treatment plant.</p><p>Unit 7: Subject-Verb Agreement</p><p>Lesson 44</p><p>Subject-Verb Agreement</p><p>A verb must agree with its subject in person and number. In the present tense, add -s or</p><p>-es to the base form for the third-person singular.</p><p>SINGULAR PLURAL</p><p>She jumps. They jump.</p><p>He watches. They watch.</p><p>In verb phrases, the helping verbs be, have, and do change form to agree with third-</p><p>person subjects.</p><p>SINGULAR PLURAL</p><p>It is green. They are green.</p><p>He was sick. They were sick.</p><p>She is skiing. They are skiing.</p><p>He has fallen down. They have fallen down.</p><p>Does she like to ski? Do they like to ski?</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the verb in parentheses that agrees with the subject.</p><p>Many people (is, are) disgusted by insects.</p><p>1. However, understanding insects (helps, help) people enjoy them.</p><p>2. For example, the cricket (is, are) a fascinating creature.</p><p>3. Everyone (has heard, have heard) the cricket’s song.</p><p>4. The cricket’s musical organs (is, are) on the base of its wings.</p><p>5. Scientists (calls, call) them stridulating organs.</p><p>6. Stridulate (comes, come) from a Latin word meaning “to creak.”</p><p>7. Crickets (sings, sing) by scraping their wings together.</p><p>8. Most insect musicians (is, are) males.</p><p>9. Scientists (assumes, assume) that they sing to attract females.</p><p>10. (Does, Do) you know that cockroaches have probably been on this planet longer than human</p><p>beings?</p><p>11. Surely this (means, mean) that the insect has extraordinary powers of survival.</p><p>12. The roach (was not designed, were not designed) to live indoors.</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 153</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>13. However, its instincts (helps, help) it to adapt to indoor living.</p><p>14. Also, its flattened shape (aids, aid) in its success as a household pest.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Choose the verb in parentheses that agrees with the subject. Write your choice in</p><p>the blank.</p><p>Many horror movies [ deal with giant insects. (deals, deal)</p><p>1. The movie Them [ tells a story about giant ants. (tells, tell)</p><p>2. Supposedly, the ants’ gigantism [ was caused by nuclear radiation.</p><p>(was caused, were caused)</p><p>3. An entire army [ was needed to wipe out the ants. (was needed, were needed)</p><p>4. Thousands [ were killed fighting the monstrous creatures. (was killed, were killed)</p><p>5. People [ seem fascinated by stories of strange and impossible events. (seems, seem)</p><p>6. Maybe these stories [ help us face fears that are more real. (helps, help)</p><p>7. Most children [ thrill to the fear caused by looking at photographs of alarming</p><p>insects. (thrills,</p><p>thrill)</p><p>8. I [ remember forcing myself to look at such photographs in magazines.</p><p>(remembers, remember)</p><p>9. Strangely enough, being frightened [ was fun. (was, were)</p><p>10. Of course, an insect’s picture [ is not the same as the real thing. (is, are)</p><p>11. Nevertheless, perhaps these exercises [ strengthen our ability to face truly frightening</p><p>events. (strengthens, strengthen)</p><p>12. What [ does horror movies’ present popularity reveal about our need to cope</p><p>with a variety of frightening circumstances? (does, do)</p><p>13. We [ are threatened by terrorism and strange diseases. (is threatened, are threatened)</p><p>14. Environmental changes [ are wreaking havoc in some areas of the world.</p><p>(is wreaking, are wreaking)</p><p>15. Natural catastrophes [ cause suffering and damage. (causes, cause)</p><p>16. Maybe scary movies [ enable us to cope better with these events. (enables, enable)</p><p>17. Old horror movies [ were so clumsily made that you could see the zippers in the</p><p>monsters’ costumes. (was, were)</p><p>18. Today’s movie monsters [ seem more lifelike. (seems, seem)</p><p>19. [ Do you have a favorite horror movie? (does, do)</p><p>20. If you [ say you don’t have one, I will be very surprised. (says, say)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>154 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 45</p><p>Intervening Prepositional Phrases</p><p>The verb must agree with the subject of the sentence, not with the object of a preposition.</p><p>Thus, the subject of a sentence is never contained in a prepositional phrase.</p><p>The collection of rare stamps was very valuable. (The subject is collection, a singular</p><p>noun. Of rare stamps is a prepositional phrase with a plural object. The verb was</p><p>agrees with the singular subject collection.)</p><p>The puppies in the basket have brown fur. (The subject is puppies, a plural noun. In the</p><p>basket is a prepositional phrase with a singular object. The verb have agrees with the</p><p>plural subject puppies.)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the verb in parentheses that agrees with the subject.</p><p>The bouquet of flowers (is, are) for Amanda.</p><p>1. Apartments in this city (is required, are required) to have smoke alarms.</p><p>2. A convoy of trucks (is roaring, are roaring) down the highway.</p><p>3. This list of names (is, are) very important.</p><p>4. A dealer in rare books (was asked, were asked) to look at the collection.</p><p>5. All the students in the school (is wearing, are wearing) green today.</p><p>6. The bush of roses in full bloom (was, were) a beautiful sight.</p><p>7. Spies for our government (was arrested, were arrested) in France.</p><p>8. The members of the Senate committee (walks, walk) solemnly into the room.</p><p>9. Applicants for this job (is expected, are expected) to speak both English and Spanish.</p><p>10. A busload of tourists (was taking, were taking) photographs.</p><p>11. The view of the mountains (was spoiled, were spoiled) by the building.</p><p>12. That group of stars (is called, are called) the Big Dipper.</p><p>13. Some explorers of the New World (was looking, were looking) for the Fountain of Youth.</p><p>14. The musicians in the orchestra (is taking, are taking) their seats.</p><p>15. The bag of marbles (belongs, belong) to my little sister.</p><p>16. A box of warm coats (was delivered, were delivered) to the shelter.</p><p>17. The green areas on the map (indicates, indicate) parks.</p><p>18. Many secrets of the universe (has, have) yet to be discovered.</p><p>19. Life forms beneath the sea (seems, seem) mysterious.</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 155</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>20. The grove of birch trees (is shining, are shining) in the sun.</p><p>21. The pot of flowers (looks, look) lovely on the table.</p><p>22. Sounds of distant music (floats, float) through the air.</p><p>23. Students who major in computer science (has, have) good prospects for employment.</p><p>24. Any traveler in distant lands (has, have) to keep an open mind.</p><p>25. Employees at Grump’s Department Store (gets, get) a half-hour for lunch.</p><p>26. The leaves on the maple tree (is turning, are turning) bright red.</p><p>27. Cars driving through the tunnel (turns, turn) their lights on.</p><p>28. The houses along Pine Street (has, have) tidy yards.</p><p>29. Mr. Alonzo, the baker of these pastries, (does, do) fine work.</p><p>30. The sailors on the ship (rejoices, rejoice) at seeing land.</p><p>31. The apples beneath the tree (bakes, bake) well in pies.</p><p>32. Several teaspoons of cinnamon (was added, were added) to the mix.</p><p>33. The socks under the bed (was found, were found) by the puppy.</p><p>34. Shouts from the crowd (is frightening, are frightening) the baby.</p><p>35. People on the beach (was building, were building) sand castles.</p><p>36. Teams from our school (dominates, dominate) most athletic events.</p><p>37. Rising mists from the moor (casts, cast) an aura of mystery over the scene.</p><p>38. Her frequent changes of residence (is confusing, are confusing) the post office.</p><p>39. Survivors of the war (is marching, are marching) in the parade.</p><p>40. A shipment of cookies (is arriving, are arriving) at the grocery store.</p><p>� Writing Link Write sentences that contain the following intervening prepositional phrases: of</p><p>these video games, with the tractor, under the car’s massive engine, and at the ballet.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>156 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 46</p><p>Agreement with Linking Verbs</p><p>In sentences with linking verbs, the verb agrees with the subject, not the predicate</p><p>nominative.</p><p>Roses and lavender make a lovely bouquet. (The verb make agrees with the subjects,</p><p>roses and lavender, not the predicate nominative, bouquet.)</p><p>Unfortunately, the result of the discussion was more disagreements. (The verb was</p><p>agrees with the subject, result, not the predicate nominative, disagreements.)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the verb in parentheses that agrees with the subject.</p><p>Highways 101 and 101A (is, are) the most direct route to the airport.</p><p>1. Branches from pine trees (makes, make) a good shelter for a garden.</p><p>2. The accidents (was, were) a tragedy.</p><p>3. The robins’ nest (is, are) a mass of twigs.</p><p>4. The children (seems, seem) the image of their father.</p><p>5. The bird’s bright wings (was, were) a beautiful sight.</p><p>6. Eyes (appears, appear) as a symbol in many artists’ work.</p><p>7. Before our eyes the piles of lumber (is becoming, are becoming) a house.</p><p>8. The warm, sunny days (was, were) a great gift to the tomato plants.</p><p>9. The dancers’ costumes (was, were) a symphony of color.</p><p>10. The students (is working, are working) together as a team.</p><p>11. Dishonest people (is, are) a disgrace to any profession.</p><p>12. Large numbers of books (forms, form) a library.</p><p>13. The ugly statues (was, were) a monument to bad taste.</p><p>14. The musicians in their tuxedos (was, were) a sight to behold.</p><p>15. The focus of a teacher’s life (is, are) the students.</p><p>16. The lakes in this area (is, are) a haven for many tourists.</p><p>17. Their different backgrounds (was, were) a great gulf between them.</p><p>18. The smiling children (seems, seem) the picture of happiness.</p><p>19. The chorus’s songs (was, were) a delight to the ears.</p><p>20. They say that the eyes (is, are) a window to the soul.</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 157</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________</p><p>Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>158 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw one line under the simple subject. Draw two lines under the verb in</p><p>parentheses that agrees with it.</p><p>The whereabouts of the necklace (remains, remain) a mystery.</p><p>1. Final exams (was, were) a disaster.</p><p>2. Peanut butter and bananas (makes, make) a great sandwich.</p><p>3. Those mountain peaks (is, are) a great challenge to a climber.</p><p>4. The participants (is keeping, are keeping) their comments to a minimum.</p><p>5. The thousands of dollars they spent (was, were) a terrible waste.</p><p>6. The search planes (is, are) the only hope for the stranded hikers.</p><p>7. The explosion (was caused, were caused) by sparks.</p><p>8. Stars on a dark night (is, are) a splendid sight.</p><p>9. The dress (is, are) several inches too short.</p><p>10. The children’s closets (is, are) a mess.</p><p>11. Your furtive glances (has betrayed, have betrayed) your guilt.</p><p>12. Hot dogs and beans (was, were) my father’s favorite meal.</p><p>13. His twin daughters (is, are) the apple of his eye.</p><p>14. The stock market (is posting, are posting) great gains today.</p><p>15. The comedian’s jokes (was, were) a riot.</p><p>16. The test scores (represents, represent) the students’ best effort.</p><p>17. The unfair trials (was, were) a travesty of justice.</p><p>18. The lights twinkling on the water (seems, seem) like stars in the sky.</p><p>19. Building wooden models of ships (is, are) my hobby.</p><p>20. Rude remarks from the children (continues, continue) to be a problem.</p><p>� Writing Link Write several sentences about your preference for indoor or outdoor activities.</p><p>Check that the verb in each sentence agrees with the subject.</p><p>Lesson 47</p><p>Agreement in Inverted Sentences</p><p>In most sentences the subject comes before the verb. However, some inverted sentences</p><p>begin with a prepositional phrase followed by the verb and then the subject. The verb in</p><p>such sentences must always agree with the subject, not with the object of the</p><p>prepositional phrase.</p><p>Up into the sky fly the birds. Up into the sky flies the bird.</p><p>In sentences that begin with here or there, do not confuse either word with the subject.</p><p>Look for the subject following the verb.</p><p>Here is my driver’s license. There are many cars on this highway.</p><p>Questions are inverted sentences. In such constructions, a helping verb often comes</p><p>before the subject.</p><p>Does Jamie have a pencil? Do all the students have books?</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a line under the simple subject. Choose the verb or helping verb in</p><p>parentheses that agrees with the subject and write it in the blank.</p><p>In her hand she [ carries a stone. (carries, carry)</p><p>1. [ Is the magician making scarves disappear? (is, are)</p><p>2. From the rafters [ hang the decorations. (hangs, hang)</p><p>3. Up the staircase [ surge the students. (surges, surge)</p><p>4. Into the arena [ ambles the elephant. (ambles, amble)</p><p>5. Onto his knees [ sinks the young man. (sinks, sink)</p><p>6. “Amanda, [ do you love me?” he asks. (does, do)</p><p>7. Around her neck [ hangs a golden chain. (hangs, hang)</p><p>8. On the clothesline [ hang the clean sheets. (hang, hangs)</p><p>9. From her ears [ dangle sparkling earrings. (dangles, dangle)</p><p>10. Beneath the tree [ lie the brown and white cows. (lies, lie)</p><p>11. Through the streets [ run the competitors. (runs, run)</p><p>12. From the crowd [ comes an ear-splitting cheer. (comes, come)</p><p>13. Onto the horse’s back [ bounds the rider. (bounds, bound)</p><p>14. Onto the floor [ falls the spaghetti. (falls, fall)</p><p>15. Across the floor [ rolls the meatball. (rolls, roll)</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 159</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>16. Here [ comes the band down the street. (comes, come)</p><p>17. Into the glass [ falls the magic potion. (falls, fall)</p><p>18. There [ is a bug on your shirt. (is, are)</p><p>19. Over the fences [ leaps the horse. (leaps, leap)</p><p>20. There [ are many ways to get to Des Moines. (is, are)</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write in the blank the form of the verb in parentheses that agrees with the subject.</p><p>Here [ is the story the old woman told to me. (to be)</p><p>1. Every spring up [ go the announcements about the class rummage sale. (to go)</p><p>2. From every attic [ descends junk. (to descend)</p><p>3. In front of Jason’s house [ sit five huge boxes. (to sit)</p><p>4. To the gym [ go carloads and carloads of stuff for the sale. (to go)</p><p>5. Out [ come the tables to hold the goods. (to come)</p><p>6. Through the gym [ troop students and teachers to examine the sale items. (to troop)</p><p>7. Up to Jason’s table [ walks Ronda. (to walk)</p><p>8. Down [ plunks Ronda fifty cents for a can opener. (to plunk)</p><p>9. “There [ are several more can openers in this box,” says Jason. (to be)</p><p>10. “[ Do they work better than this one?” asks Ronda. (to do)</p><p>11. “There [ is not much demand for broken can openers,” says Jason. (to be)</p><p>12. Behind a broken lamp [ sits an old book. (to sit)</p><p>13. Inside the book [ are several photographs. (to be)</p><p>14. In one photograph [ are Jason’s grandparents on their honeymoon. (to be)</p><p>15. On their faces [ is an expression of love and hope. (to be)</p><p>16. In their hearts [ reside great hopes for the future. (to reside)</p><p>17. Before them [ stretches out their whole life together. (to stretch)</p><p>18. Through the book [ thumbs a prospective buyer. (to thumb)</p><p>19. “There [ are some old photographs in this book,” he says. (to be)</p><p>20. Across the street [ lives a friendly philosopher with a unique perspective on life. (to live)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>160 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 48</p><p>Agreement with Special Subjects</p><p>A collective noun names a group. In a sentence, a collective noun is singular when it</p><p>names the group as a whole. It is plural when it refers to individual members of a group.</p><p>Singular: The club holds a dance. The team wins the game.</p><p>Plural: The class volunteer time. The audience cheer and clap.</p><p>Some nouns ending in -s, such as mumps, measles, and mathematics, take singular</p><p>verbs. Other nouns ending in -s, such as scissors, pants, binoculars, and eyeglasses, take</p><p>plural verbs. Many nouns that end in -ics are either singular or plural, depending on the</p><p>context.</p><p>Singular: Mumps is usually a disease of childhood.</p><p>Plural: The scissors need to be sharpened.</p><p>Singular: Ethics is the study of principles of conduct.</p><p>Plural: That person’s ethics leave a lot to be desired.</p><p>A noun of amount can refer to a single unit, in which case it is singular. It can also refer</p><p>to several individual units, in which case it is plural.</p><p>Singular: Two weeks is not enough time to see Europe.</p><p>Plural: Your five days of probation are up.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the simple subject. Fill in the blank with the verb or helping verb in</p><p>parentheses that agrees with the subject in the context of the sentence.</p><p>The audience [ rises to applaud the soloist. (rises, rise)</p><p>1. Twenty-two</p><p>4. The complete predicate consists of the simple predicate and all the words that modify it or</p><p>complete its meaning.</p><p>Dinosaurs died out 65 million years ago. The sun provides heat for the earth.</p><p>5. Usually the subject comes before the predicate in a sentence. In inverted sentences, all or part of</p><p>the predicate precedes the subject.</p><p>There are two muffins on the plate Over the field soared the glider.</p><p>Complements</p><p>1. A complement is a word or a group of words that complete the meaning of the verb. There are</p><p>four kinds of complements: direct objects, indirect objects, object complements, and subject</p><p>complements.</p><p>2. A direct object answers what? or whom? after an action verb.</p><p>Sammi ate the turkey. (Sammi ate what?)</p><p>Carlos watched his sister in the school play. (Carlos watched whom?)</p><p>3. An indirect object receives what the direct object names.</p><p>Marie wrote June a letter. George Washington gave his troops orders.</p><p>4. A subject complement follows a subject and a linking verb and identifies or describes the subject.</p><p>A predicate nominative is a noun or pronoun that follows a linking verb and further identifies</p><p>the subject. A predicate adjective follows a linking verb and further describes the subject.</p><p>Predicate Nominative: The best football player is Jacob.</p><p>Predicate Adjective: The people have been very patient.</p><p>5. An object complement describes or renames a direct object.</p><p>Object Complement: Ami found the man handsome.</p><p>Object Complement: Carlos thought the woman a genius.</p><p>PHRASES</p><p>1. A phrase is a group of words that acts in a sentence as a single part of speech.</p><p>2. A prepositional phrase is a group of words that begins with a preposition and usually ends with</p><p>a noun or pronoun called the object of the preposition. Aprepositional phrase can modify a</p><p>noun or a pronoun, a verb, an adjective, or an adverb.</p><p>One of my favorite meals is pigs in a blanket. (modifies the noun pigs)</p><p>The supersonic jet soared into the sky. (modifies the verb soared)</p><p>The love of a household pet can be valuable for a family. (modifies the adjective valuable)</p><p>The child reads well for a six-year-old. (modifies the adverb well)</p><p>3. An appositive is a noun or a pronoun that is placed next to another noun or pronoun to</p><p>identify it or give more information about it. An appositive phrase is an appositive plus its</p><p>modifiers.</p><p>My grandfather Géza takes me fishing. C.S. Lewis, my favorite author, lived in England.</p><p>Handbook 7</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>4. A verbal is a verb form that functions in a sentence as a noun, an adjective, or an adverb. A</p><p>verbal phrase is a verbal plus any complements and modifiers.</p><p>a. A participle is a verbal that functions as an adjective: Gary comforted the crying baby.</p><p>b. A participial phrase contains a participle plus any complements or modifiers: Thanking</p><p>everyone, my uncle began to carve the turkey.</p><p>c. A gerund is a verbal that ends with -ing. It is used in the same way a noun is used: Skiing</p><p>is a popular sport.</p><p>d. A gerund phrase is a gerund plus any complements or modifiers: Singing the national</p><p>anthem is traditional at many sports events.</p><p>e. An infinitive is a verbal that is usually preceded by the word to. It is used as a noun, an</p><p>adjective, or an adverb: I never learned to dance. (noun) She has an errand to</p><p>run. (adjective) I will be happy to help. (adverb)</p><p>f. An infinitive phrase contains an infinitive plus any complements or modifiers: My father</p><p>woke up to watch the news on television.</p><p>5. An absolute phrase consists of a noun or a pronoun that is modified by a participle or a</p><p>participial phrase but has no grammatical relation to the sentence.</p><p>His legs terribly tired, Honori sat down.</p><p>CLAUSES AND SENTENCE STRUCTURE</p><p>1. A clause is a group of words that has a subject and a predicate and is used as a sentence or part</p><p>of a sentence. There are two types of clauses: main and subordinate. A main clause has a subject</p><p>and a predicate and can stand alone as a sentence. A subordinate clause has a subject and a</p><p>predicate, but it cannot stand alone as a sentence.</p><p>main sub.</p><p>The book bored me until I read Chapter 5.</p><p>2. There are three types of subordinate clauses: adjective, adverb, and noun.</p><p>a. An adjective clause is a subordinate clause that modifies a noun or a pronoun.</p><p>The students who stayed after school for help did well on the test.</p><p>b. An adverb clause is a subordinate clause that modifies a verb, an adjective, or an adverb. It</p><p>tells when, where, how, why, to what extent, or under what conditions.</p><p>When the sun set, everyone watched from the window. (modifies a verb)</p><p>Today is warmer than yesterday was. (modifies an adjective)</p><p>c. A noun clause is a subordinate clause used as a noun.</p><p>Who will become president has been declared. I now remember what I need to buy.</p><p>3. Main and subordinate clauses can form four types of sentences. A simple sentence has only one</p><p>main clause and no subordinate clauses. A compound sentence has two or more main clauses.</p><p>A complex sentence has one main clause and one or more subordinate clauses. A compound-</p><p>complex sentence has more than one main clause and at least one subordinate clause.</p><p>main</p><p>Simple: The stars fill the sky.</p><p>main main</p><p>Compound: The plane landed, and the passengers left.</p><p>sub. main</p><p>Complex: Although the children found the letter, they couldn’t read it.</p><p>main main sub.</p><p>Compound-Complex: The earth is bountiful; we may destroy it if we abuse it.</p><p>8 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>4. A sentence that makes a statement is classified as a declarative sentence: The Cleveland</p><p>Browns are my favorite team. An imperative sentence gives a command or makes a request:</p><p>Please go to the dance with me. An interrogative sentence asks a question: Who would</p><p>abandon a family pet? An exclamatory sentence expresses strong emotion: Look out!</p><p>SUBJECT-VERB AGREEMENT</p><p>1. A verb must agree with its subject in person and number.</p><p>Doli runs. (singular) Doli and Abay run. (plural)</p><p>He is singing. (singular) They are singing. (plural)</p><p>2. In inverted sentences the subject follows the verb. The sentence may begin with a</p><p>prepositional phrase, the words there or here, or the verb form of do.</p><p>Out of the bushes sprang the leopard. There is never enough time.</p><p>Do those pigs eat leftover food?</p><p>3. Do not mistake a word in a prepositional phrase for the subject.</p><p>The boss of the employees works very hard. (The verb works tells the action of the boss.)</p><p>4. Make the verb in a sentence agree with the subject, not with the predicate nominative.</p><p>Her problem was the twins. The twins were her problem.</p><p>5. A title is always singular, even if nouns in the title are plural.</p><p>The War of the Worlds was a radio broadcast that caused widespread panic.</p><p>6. Subjects combined with and or both use plural verbs unless the parts are of a whole unit.</p><p>When compound subjects are joined with or or nor, the verb agrees with the subject listed last.</p><p>Chocolate, strawberry, and vanilla are common ice cream flavors.</p><p>Peanut butter and jelly is a good snack. Neither books nor a briefcase is needed.</p><p>7. Use a singular verb if the compound subject is preceded by the words many a, every, or each.</p><p>Every dog and cat needs to be cared for. Many a young man has stood here.</p><p>8. A subject remains singular or plural regardless of any intervening expressions.</p><p>Gloria, as well as the rest of her family, was late.</p><p>The players, accompanied by the coach, enter the field.</p><p>9. A verb must agree in number with an indefinite pronoun subject.</p><p>Always singular: each, either, neither, one, everyone, everybody, everything, no one, nobody,</p><p>nothing, anyone, anybody, anything, someone, somebody, and something.</p><p>Always plural: several, few, both, and many.</p><p>Either singular or plural: some, all, any, most, and none.</p><p>Is any of the lemonade left? Are any of the biscuits burnt?</p><p>10. When the subject of an adjective clause is a relative pronoun, the verb in the clause must agree</p><p>with the antecedent</p><p>dollars [ is too much to pay for a scarf. (is, are)</p><p>2. The band [ is practicing tonight. (is, are)</p><p>3. Most of us [ are voting for Geraldine. (is, are)</p><p>4. [ Is mathematics your favorite subject? (is, are)</p><p>5. The scissors [ need sharpening. (needs, need)</p><p>6. Much of the garden [ was filled with roses. (was, were)</p><p>7. The group [ votes on how to spend the money. (votes, vote)</p><p>8. The herd of deer [ are scattering. (is, are)</p><p>9. Three-quarters of the cake [ has been eaten. (has, have)</p><p>10. My family [ is vacationing together. (is, are)</p><p>11. The audience [ were fighting over the handkerchief. (was, were)</p><p>12. At what time [ does the news come on? (does, do)</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 161</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>13. A computer company [ has offered to donate software. (has, have)</p><p>14. Chad’s family [ do not agree on where to spend the holidays. (does, do)</p><p>15. The public [ seems fascinated by the trial. (seems, seem)</p><p>16. The audience [ was moved by the actor’s speech. (was, were)</p><p>17. There [ are 365 days in a year. (is, are)</p><p>18. Thirty-eight cents [ is on the table. (is, are)</p><p>19. Good binoculars [ cost a lot of money. (costs, cost)</p><p>20. Checkers [ is Samantha’s favorite board game. (is, are)</p><p>21. Social studies [ teaches us how different cultures live. (teaches, teach)</p><p>22. Our two weeks in Canada [ have flown by. (has, have)</p><p>23. Four years [ is the length of the president’s term in office. (is, are)</p><p>24. The majority of the voters [ seem or seems to want a new highway. (seems, seem)</p><p>25. The chess team [ is organizing a dance. (is, are)</p><p>26. Two Years before the Mast [ is a fine novel. (is, are)</p><p>27. Two cups of raisins [ is plenty for the cake. (is, are)</p><p>28. The orchestra [ sounds wonderful tonight. (sounds, sound)</p><p>29. Her eyeglasses [ are broken. (is, are)</p><p>30. Two-thirds of the money [ belongs to Joel. (belongs, belong)</p><p>31. The band [ was or were not playing in time to the music. (was, were)</p><p>32. The litter of puppies [ was born on Tuesday. (was, were)</p><p>33. The PTA [ is holding a fund-raiser tonight. (is, are)</p><p>34. Gymnastics [ requires a lot of flexibility. (requires, require)</p><p>35. The committee [ are arguing over the money. (is, are)</p><p>36. The Ski Club [ leaves for Sugarloaf on Saturday. (leaves, leave)</p><p>37. The labor union [ votes on a president next week. (votes, vote)</p><p>38. Twenty dollars [ seems a cheap price for the telescope. (seems, seem)</p><p>39. Ten miles [ is not too far to drive to work. (is, are)</p><p>40. Three-quarters of the exam [ is essay questions. (is, are)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>162 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 49</p><p>Agreement with Compound Subjects</p><p>Some sentences have more than one subject. A compound subject that is joined by and or</p><p>both . . . and is usually plural. However, some compound subjects have two parts that</p><p>make up one unit. These take a singular verb.</p><p>Singular: Bacon and eggs is my favorite breakfast.</p><p>Plural: The dog and cat are playing.</p><p>Plural: Both Anna and Mindy work at the hospital.</p><p>Compound subjects joined by or, nor, either . . . or, or neither . . . nor always have a verb</p><p>that agrees with the closer subject.</p><p>Singular: Either Carlo or Max has the book.</p><p>Singular: Neither eggs nor bacon is on the menu.</p><p>Plural: Neither the garden nor the lilacs are in bloom.</p><p>When a compound subject is preceded by many a, every, or each, the subject takes a</p><p>singular verb.</p><p>Many a hiker and climber has gotten lost in these mountains.</p><p>Every door and window has been locked.</p><p>Each nook and cranny is being searched.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a line under the compound subject. Choose the verb or helping verb in</p><p>parentheses that agrees with the subject and write it in the blank.</p><p>Every hill and mountain [ is covered with snow. (is, are)</p><p>1. Each student and teacher [ has a name badge. (has, have)</p><p>2. Many a horse and rider [ has fallen on this jump. (has, have)</p><p>3. Hot dogs and beans [ is a popular meal in Boston. (is, are)</p><p>4. Both my mom and stepdad [ are coming to the concert. (is, are)</p><p>5. Neither Grace nor John [ wants to go. (wants, want)</p><p>6. Either Meg or the twins [ plan to meet you at the library. (plans, plan)</p><p>7. Neither the mirror nor the glasses [ were broken. (was, were)</p><p>8. Neither the horses nor the cow [ has been fed. (has, have)</p><p>9. The needle and thread [ are in the sewing box. (is, are)</p><p>10. Both my uncles and my aunt [ have called. (has, have)</p><p>11. Either a bird or a whistle [ is making that sound. (is, are)</p><p>12. Neither ice cream nor cookies [ are a low calorie snack. (is, are)</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 163</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>13. Many a tourist and traveler [ has visited our city. (has, have)</p><p>14. Every street, avenue, and boulevard [ needs a new sign. (needs, need)</p><p>15. Each broken computer and printer [ has been fixed. (has, have)</p><p>16. My socks and sneakers [ are wet. (is, are)</p><p>17. Both fruit and vegetables [ make a healthy snack. (makes, make)</p><p>18. Fish and chips [ is popular in England. (is, are)</p><p>19. Either the robin or the blue jays [ are eating the seeds. (is, are)</p><p>20. Neither my brother nor my friends [ have been invited to the party. (has, have)</p><p>21. Either Jake or Alexis [ needs a ride home. (needs, need)</p><p>22. Neither the donkey nor the horses [ bite . (bites, bite)</p><p>23. Both taxis and buses [ stop on this corner. (stops, stop)</p><p>24. Neither Jack nor Beth [ likes to talk on the phone. (likes, like)</p><p>25. Every car and truck [ pays a toll on the highway. (pays, pay)</p><p>26. Each bush and flower [ is covered with dew. (is, are)</p><p>27. Neither frogs nor salamanders [ live in this pond. (lives, live)</p><p>28. Not every nurse and doctor [ likes her or his job. (likes, like)</p><p>29. Soup and salad [ makes a tasty lunch. (makes, make)</p><p>30. The matches and candle [ are on the desk. (is, are)</p><p>31. Both Andrea and Jaime [ go to day care. (goes, go)</p><p>32. Vitamins and minerals [</p><p>build strong bodies. (builds, build)</p><p>33. Neither Deb nor Sandy [ was late for work. (was, were)</p><p>34. Every newspaper and magazine [ contains interesting stories. (contain, contains)</p><p>35. Every photograph and painting [ was damaged. (was, were)</p><p>36. In the movie, every criminal and bandit [ bites the dust. (bites, bite)</p><p>37. Warm milk and toast [ put me to sleep. (puts, put)</p><p>38. Both Edwina and Fred [ drive their mom’s car. (drives, drive)</p><p>39. Neither Ed nor the boys [ have much to say. (has, have)</p><p>40. Many a horse and cow [ has lived in this barn. (has, have)</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>164 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 50</p><p>Intervening Expressions</p><p>Certain expressions seem to create a compound subject, but do not. Accompanied by, as</p><p>well as, in addition to, plus, and together with are expressions that introduce phrases that</p><p>tell about the subject. However, the subject remains singular and takes a singular verb.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw a line under the subject. Then write the form of the verb in parentheses that</p><p>agrees with the subject. Use the present tense of the verb.</p><p>The brook, as well as the lake and the pond, [ freezes in winter. (freeze)</p><p>1. Aspirin, besides a good night’s sleep, [ helps a headache. (help)</p><p>2. The dog, as well as the cat, [ needs a good bath. (need)</p><p>3. Andy, accompanied by Jessie and Jill, [ leaves tomorrow. (leave)</p><p>4. Nebraska, as well as Montana and Idaho, [ gets severe winters. (get)</p><p>5. Aileen, in addition to her brothers and sisters, [ has dark hair. (have)</p><p>6. A headache, accompanied by sniffles and sneezing, [ is a symptom of the flu. (be)</p><p>7. Toby, plus Andrea and Ali, [ interviews for the job today. (interview)</p><p>8. The violin, in addition to the guitar and the viola, [ is a stringed instrument. (be)</p><p>9. Gold, as well as iron and steel, [ weighs a lot. (weigh)</p><p>10. Fruit, accompanied by sugar and milk, [ tastes good. (taste)</p><p>11. Jenny, besides Pete and Terry, [ knows the secret. (know)</p><p>12. Dan, plus Margaret and Fred, [ plays the piano. (play)</p><p>13. The baby, besides her mom and dad, [ looks happy. (look)</p><p>14. Sara, in addition to Gena, [ shops at Grump’s. (shop)</p><p>15. The bike, as well as the car, [ has a flat tire. (have)</p><p>16. The detective, as well as the police officer, [ arrives on the scene. (arrive)</p><p>17. My stepdad, together with my mom, [ travels often. (travel)</p><p>18. The plant, along with the garden, [ needs to be watered. (need)</p><p>19. Fur, in addition to feathers, [ insulates against cold. (insulate)</p><p>20. The knife, as well as the scissors, [ is very sharp. (be)</p><p>21. Jean, accompanied by her friends, [ goes skiing every winter. (go)</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 165</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>22. The carpenter, as well as the bricklayer, [ uses special tools. (use)</p><p>23. Milk, besides meat and beans, [ is a source of protein. (be)</p><p>24. The television show, as well as the movie, [ begins at eight o’clock. (begin)</p><p>25. Jodie, besides Kim, [ attends high school. (attend)</p><p>26. The house, besides the barn, [ needs a paint job. (need)</p><p>27. The tall woman, as well as the man beside her, [ sings in the choir. (sing)</p><p>28. The group, accompanied by the teacher, [ leaves today. (leave)</p><p>29. Mr. Phillips, aided by his son, [ raises tomatoes. (raise)</p><p>30. Krista, as well as her sisters, [ telephones frequently. (telephone)</p><p>31. The cave, along with the tree, [ offers shelter. (offer)</p><p>32. The tulip, besides the daffodil, [ blooms in spring. (bloom)</p><p>33. My mother, as well as my sister, [ loves her job. (love)</p><p>34. The movie star, accompanied by her hairdresser, [ is on the set. (be)</p><p>35. The cake, as well as the pie, [ contains chocolate. (contain)</p><p>36. The door, as well as the window, [ squeaks . (squeak)</p><p>37. Math, besides English, [ is her favorite subject. (be)</p><p>38. Bette, together with Anthony, [ swims in that pool. (swim)</p><p>39. The puppy, as well as the kitten, [ sleeps soundly. (sleep)</p><p>40. The captain, accompanied by the sailors, [ abandons the ship. (abandon)</p><p>� Writing Link Write a paragraph about your favorite restaurant. Write at least four sentences</p><p>that contain intervening expressions.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>166 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 167</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 51</p><p>Indefinite Pronouns as Subjects</p><p>Many subjects are indefinite pronouns. A verb must agree with an indefinite pronoun</p><p>used as a subject.</p><p>Singular: Nobody in the group is to blame.</p><p>Singular: Neither is ready.</p><p>Singular: One of my friends speaks Greek.</p><p>Plural: Both of my sisters are in the play.</p><p>Plural: Many of the students play tennis.</p><p>Some pronouns can be either singular or plural, depending on the nouns to which they</p><p>refer.</p><p>Singular: Some of the cake is gone.</p><p>Plural: Some of the houses need paint.</p><p>Indefinite pronouns fall into three groups:</p><p>Always Singular: each everyone nobody anything</p><p>either everybody nothing someone</p><p>neither everything anyone somebody</p><p>one no one anybody something</p><p>Always Plural: several few both many</p><p>Singular or Plural: some all any most, none</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under the indefinite pronoun subject. Draw two lines under the</p><p>correct form of the verb.</p><p>Some of the people of the Stone Age (was, were) hunters and gatherers.</p><p>1. Many of the ruins found (is, are) from the Stone Age.</p><p>2. Several of the ruins (is, are) in Ireland.</p><p>3. Many of the archaeologists (travels, travel) afar to study ruins.</p><p>4. Almost everyone (agrees, agree) that archaeology is fascinating.</p><p>5. Some of these ancient people (was, were) farmers.</p><p>6. One of the important questions (is, are) whether agriculture was imported from the Old World to</p><p>the New World.</p><p>7. Some of the evidence (suggests, suggest) that American cotton came from Africa.</p><p>8. One of the archaeologists (believes, believe) that this happened without human intervention.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>168 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>9. Some of the ancient graves (contains, contain) mummified remains.</p><p>10. Many of the graves (reveals, reveal) wonderful art treasures.</p><p>11. Some of the treasures (consists, consist) of jewelry.</p><p>12. Many of the early tools discovered (was, were) very efficient.</p><p>13. Some of the early stone axes (is, are) still very sharp.</p><p>14. Almost nothing (is, are) known about ancient stone tombs.</p><p>15. One of the most intriguing puzzles (is, are) their construction.</p><p>16. Some of these tombs (was, were) erected in Scotland.</p><p>17. Nobody (knows, know) how these huge tombs were built.</p><p>18. Many of these archaeological mysteries (entices, entice) students.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw one line under the indefinite pronoun subject. Draw two lines under the</p><p>correct form of the verb.</p><p>Each of the leads (was, were) eventually abandoned by the detective.</p><p>1. Few of my friends (has, have) been to Europe.</p><p>2. Not everyone (knows, know) that Elvis is dead.</p><p>3. (Is, Are) there anything good on television tonight?</p><p>4. Nobody (has, have) won the contest yet.</p><p>5. Neither of the twins (is, are) at home.</p><p>6. All of the coats (is, are) on sale.</p><p>7. A few of the members (has, have) called in sick.</p><p>8. Everything in the produce department (is, are) fresh.</p><p>9. Several of the apples (has, have) bruises.</p><p>10. Many of my relatives (is, are) coming to the family reunion.</p><p>11. Nothing (sleeps, sleep) as soundly as a cat.</p><p>12. Someone (was, were) knocking on the door.</p><p>13. One of the doctors (is, are) still in the office.</p><p>14. (Has, Have) anyone confessed to the crime?</p><p>15. Both of my pets (has, have) won ribbons.</p><p>16. Almost anybody (is, are) a better chess player than I am.</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 169</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 52</p><p>Agreement in Adjective Clauses</p><p>When the subject of an adjective clause is a relative pronoun, the verb in the clause must</p><p>agree with the antecedent of the relative pronoun.</p><p>Carla is one of the students who speak Spanish.</p><p>In the preceding example the antecedent of who is students, not one, because other</p><p>students besides Carla speak Spanish. Since students is plural, who is considered plural,</p><p>and the verb in the adjective clause, speak, must also be plural.</p><p>Arlo is the only one of my brothers who has a scar.</p><p>In the preceding example the antecedent of who is one, not brothers, because only one</p><p>brother has a scar. Since one is singular, who is considered singular, and the verb in the</p><p>adjective clause, has, must also be singular.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Draw one line under the antecedent of each relative pronoun. Draw two lines under</p><p>the correct form of the verb.</p><p>Jaime is the only one of my relatives who (plays, play) the fiddle.</p><p>1. Wheat is one of the crops that (supports, support) farmers.</p><p>2. Jurassic Park is one of the movies that (was, were) directed by Steven Spielberg.</p><p>3. The dog is one of the animals that (was, were) domesticated by early civilizations.</p><p>4. Broccoli is one of the vegetables that (contains, contain) calcium.</p><p>5. Harold is the only one of us who (likes, like) that movie.</p><p>6. Stampede is one of the English words that (comes, come) from Spanish.</p><p>7. The hammer is one of the tools that (is, are) useful around the house.</p><p>8. The parrot is one of the birds that (mimics, mimic) human speech.</p><p>9. The chimpanzee is one of the many animals that (uses, use) tools.</p><p>10. The wooly mammoth is one of the Ice Age mammals that (is, are) extinct.</p><p>11. Bettina is the only one of my sisters who (is, are) on the Dean’s list.</p><p>12. Vitamin A is one of the vitamins that (is, are) good for the eyes.</p><p>13. Cortez was one of the Spaniards who (was, were) explorers of the New World.</p><p>14. Betty is one of the volunteers who (works, work) in a hospice.</p><p>15. Dan is the only one of the chefs who (makes, make) a good soufflé.</p><p>16. Beans is one of the vegetables that (has, have) a lot of protein.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>170 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>17. Wood is one of the materials that (is, are) used to build houses.</p><p>18. New Year is one of the holidays that (falls, fall) in the winter.</p><p>19. Jake is the only one of the athletes who (has, have) won three medals.</p><p>20. Frost is one of the poets who (has, have) won the Pulitzer Prize.</p><p>21. Jim is one of my friends who (is, are) interested in archaeology.</p><p>22. The washing machine is one of the things that (needs, need) to be fixed.</p><p>23. London is one of the English cities that (is, are) tourist meccas.</p><p>24. Dr. Smith is one of the scientists who (is, are) studying vaccines.</p><p>25. The dormitory is one of the buildings that (was, were) damaged in the earthquake.</p><p>26. A is one of the letters that (makes, make) up the alphabet.</p><p>27. This is one of the streets that (leads, lead) to Boston.</p><p>28. Ms. Cole is one of the teachers who (advises, advise) the students.</p><p>29. Grump’s Department Store is one of the places that (hires, hire) students.</p><p>30. Accounting is one of the professions that (requires, require) math skills.</p><p>31. The Scarlet Letter is one of the novels that (was, were) written by Hawthorne.</p><p>32. Huskies are one of the animals that (enjoys, enjoy) working.</p><p>33. Edna is the only one of my friends who (remembers, remember) my birthday.</p><p>34. 1984 is the only one of the books that (is, are) overdue.</p><p>35. The Porsche is one of the cars that (is, are) very expensive.</p><p>36. The loon is one of the birds that (nests, nest) beside water.</p><p>37. The Edmund Fitzgerald is one of the boats that (was, were) wrecked on Lake Superior.</p><p>38. The waterlily is one of the plants that (grows, grow) in the pond.</p><p>39. The Merchant of Venice is one of the plays that (was, were) performed by our class.</p><p>40. Ariela is one of the people who (owes, owe) me money.</p><p>41. Tennis is one of the sports that (interests, interest) me.</p><p>42. Aunt Louisa is the only one of my relatives who (performs, perform) in front of an audience.</p><p>43. Blue is one of the colors that (blends, blend) with the decor of this room.</p><p>44. Walden Pond is one of the places that (inspires, inspire) Jerome.</p><p>45. Chicken cordon bleu is the only one of the entrees that (appeals, appeal) to April.</p><p>Unit 7 Review</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the subject of each sentence. Then choose the verb in parentheses that</p><p>agrees with the subject and write it in the blank.</p><p>Paula [ runs every day after school. (runs, run)</p><p>1. Ben and Consuelo often [ sing duets. (sings, sing)</p><p>2. His fit of sneezing [ is disrupting the class. (is disrupting, are disrupting)</p><p>3. The job [ takes up a lot of his spare time. (takes, take)</p><p>4. Two hundred boxes of cards [ were sold by the club. (was sold, were sold)</p><p>5. His frequent fevers [ were a worry to his parents. (was, were)</p><p>6. Gathering clouds [ foretell a storm. (foretells, foretell)</p><p>7. Her pets [ are a great joy to her. (is, are)</p><p>8. Final exams [ are the last hurdle before graduation. (is, are)</p><p>9. Down the mountain [ speed the skiers. (speeds, speed)</p><p>10. In her pocket [ were several acorns. (was, were)</p><p>11. Two dollars [ is not a big tip for this meal. (is, are)</p><p>12. The group [ do not [ agree on which movie to see. (does agree, do agree)</p><p>13. Every student [ needs to study. (needs, need)</p><p>14. Both Eliza and George [ love to cook. (loves, love)</p><p>15. The rock, as well as the waves, [ threatens the ship. (threatens, threaten)</p><p>16. Ireland, besides England, [ has many ancient ruins. (has, have)</p><p>17. Some of my brothers [ raise sheep. (raises, raise)</p><p>18. One of the climbers [ has reached the top. (has, have)</p><p>19. Each of the actors [ takes a bow. (takes, take)</p><p>20. A few of the vacationers [ want to go home. (wants, want)</p><p>21. There [ sits the perfect used car. (sits, sit)</p><p>22. Mr. Martinez often [ conducts the symphony orchestra. (conducts, conduct)</p><p>23. Under the couch [ lies the missing shoe. (lies, lie)</p><p>24.</p><p>The point of all of Grandfather’s stories [ is to seize the day. (is, are)</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 171</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–7</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write in the blank the part of speech of each italicized word. Use these</p><p>abbreviations: N (noun), V (verb), pro. (pronoun), adj. (adjective), adv. (adverb), prep.</p><p>(preposition), conj. (conjunction), and int. (interjection).</p><p>N Kelly and Mike attended several football games.</p><p>prep. 1. Chloe ran to the door to meet her long-lost cousin.</p><p>N 2. Jasmine could hear crickets chirping all night.</p><p>pro. 3. After spending the day at the zoo, they felt like buying an exotic pet.</p><p>V 4. The flowers in the vase on her desk withered and died.</p><p>adv. 5. Mother carefully taught us about the consequences of spreading rumors.</p><p>int. 6. Well, how did you think the movie would end?</p><p>adj. 7. Let’s build a sand castle while the tide is out.</p><p>conj. 8. The last song will be a ballad or an anthem.</p><p>N 9. The parade begins in half an hour.</p><p>pro. 10. Have you tried Leon’s new computer game?</p><p>int. 11. Wow! Look at that firecracker explode!</p><p>V 12. Our community theater mounted a production of Philip Barry’s funniest play.</p><p>conj. 13. Gwen planted pansies, tulips, and lavender in her flower garden this year.</p><p>adv. 14. Anne often goes shopping on Saturday, but she visits the malls on other days as well.</p><p>adj. 15. A lovely rainbow appeared in the sky after the harsh summer storm.</p><p>adv. 16. Jessica has never ridden a train before, so she is quite excited about this trip.</p><p>prep. 17. A sailboat glided on the clear, sparkling waters of the lake.</p><p>pro. 18. Everyone enjoys having time to relax.</p><p>N 19. Did you read the interview with the author of that new book in today’s newspaper?</p><p>V 20. Margaret volunteers at the conservatory on weekends.</p><p>int. 21. Gee, I never noticed how much Tim and Tom look alike.</p><p>prep. 22. Stars twinkled in the sky like diamonds set against a dark blue velvet background.</p><p>pro. 23. Al is learning how to play the trombone so that he can accompany Bill, who plays</p><p>saxophone.</p><p>adv. 24. We were all sad when we heard that Martha has officially left the team.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>172 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 7, Subject-Verb Agreement 173</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline each subordinate clause. Write adj. in the blank if it is an adjective</p><p>clause, adv. if it is an adverb clause, or N if it is a noun clause.</p><p>adj. The person who wrote this poem has a sensitive soul.</p><p>adj. 1. The server who waited on us was friendly and efficient.</p><p>adv. 2. When Dr. Yee reached the border, she heard several car horns blowing.</p><p>N 3. Whatever the rest of the family decides is fine with me.</p><p>adv. 4. The instructor said to marinate the vegetables before we added them to the rest of the</p><p>mixture.</p><p>adj. 5. A band that Marty knows has agreed to play at the school dance.</p><p>adj. 6. Ms. Jenkins gave the job to Gloria, who is an excellent seamstress.</p><p>N 7. Nathan will watch whichever television show has the most jokes.</p><p>N 8. What the volleyball team would really like is more time to practice.</p><p>adv. 9. After she started going to school, little Emily stopped watching Lucy’s Toy Shop.</p><p>N 10. Where Uncle Bob’s house is located remains a mystery.</p><p>adj., N 11. The optometrist who examined Paul’s eyes says Paul needs glasses.</p><p>adv. 12. Rosalyn takes her camera with her wherever she travels.</p><p>N 13. Do you know who is coming to the dinner party?</p><p>adj. 14. The place where Ria first met Reggie will always be special to her.</p><p>adv. 15. Until spring arrives, Suzanne is going to do most of her exercising indoors.</p><p>adj. 16. The dress that Maureen bought for the dance is a beautiful shade of aquamarine.</p><p>adj. 17. The player who won the chess tournament hails from Bangor, Maine.</p><p>N 18. Whoever sent the gift forgot to send a card.</p><p>N 19. Zack will order whatever is listed first on the menu.</p><p>adv. 20. When Tina graduates from high school, she plans to attend the University of Notre Dame.</p><p>� Exercise 3 Draw two lines under the verb in parentheses that best completes each sentence.</p><p>The road to my friend’s house (is, are) not long.</p><p>1. Stacy always (appreciates, appreciate) her mother’s sound advice.</p><p>2. On top of the television (sits, sit) the remote control.</p><p>3. Here (resides, reside) the best golfer on the East Coast.</p><p>4. The story of Curt’s adventures in Washington (amuses, amuse) us every time we hear it.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>174 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>5. (Waits, Wait) until you see how this music video ends.</p><p>6. The books in this library (circulates, circulate) frequently.</p><p>7. Those pictures that Renata ordered (looks, look) wonderful.</p><p>8. Everybody (hopes, hope) to win the lottery someday.</p><p>9. After practice, Hal usually (walks, walk) to the yogurt shop on Maple Street.</p><p>10. Over the music (floats, float) one soft, beautiful voice.</p><p>11. Claudia’s fingers (flies, fly) across the keyboard with the speed of a gazelle.</p><p>12. Steve and Lydia (attends, attend) the impressionist exhibit at the art museum.</p><p>13. Lucas’s name (is, are) in the Toledo Blade today.</p><p>14. After Sally, Crystal (is, are) the next skater scheduled to perform.</p><p>15. Racing to reach the airplane, Rafi (jumps, jump) over a pile of suitcases.</p><p>16. This year’s variety show (includes, include) several never-before-seen acts.</p><p>17. The antique cars at the auto show still (runs, run) fairly well.</p><p>18. That chemistry experiment (requires, require) careful preparation.</p><p>19. Across the street (is, are) two restaurants, a bank, and a travel agency.</p><p>20. Great ideas (begins, begin) with simple thoughts.</p><p>21. Gretchen, Courtney, and I (sings, sing) in the show choir.</p><p>22. The interior decorators at that firm (develops, develop) the most appealing rooms.</p><p>23. Three words in Joe’s essay (seems, seem) to be misspelled.</p><p>24. A picnic in the park (sounds, sound) delightful to me.</p><p>25. Here (stands, stand) the persons waiting to get into the concert.</p><p>26. The heart of the matter (was, were) really a question of pride.</p><p>27. Through the gathering darkness (glows, glow) a handful of candles.</p><p>28. Everyone (watches, watch) the big game with excitement.</p><p>29. Daffodils (dots, dot) the verdant meadow.</p><p>30. A persistent moan (echoes, echo) in the empty house.</p><p>31. Several coins (is, are) tossed into the Italian fountain.</p><p>32. Bees (hovers, hover) around the brightest flowers.</p><p>33. Into the stadium (proceeds, proceed) loyal fans.</p><p>34. Neither rain nor snow (prevents, prevent) the work from going forward.</p><p>Unit 8: Using Pronouns Correctly</p><p>Lesson 53</p><p>Case of Personal Pronouns</p><p>Personal pronouns are pronouns that refer to persons or things. The case, or form, of a</p><p>personal pronoun may be nominative, objective, or possessive, depending on its function</p><p>in the sentence.</p><p>CASE SINGULAR PLURAL FUNCTION IN</p><p>PRONOUNS PRONOUNS SENTENCE</p><p>Nominative I, you, she, he, it we, you, they subject or predicate</p><p>nominative</p><p>Objective me, you, her, him, it us, you, them direct object, indirect object,</p><p>or object of preposition</p><p>Possessive my, mine, your, yours, our, ours, your, replacement for</p><p>his, her, hers, its yours, their, theirs possessive noun(s)</p><p>They thought that John went home. (nominative)</p><p>Sherry bumped him by accident. (objective) The best entry was yours. (possessive)</p><p>Use the nominative case for a personal pronoun in a compound subject. Use the</p><p>objective case for a personal pronoun in a compound object.</p><p>Theresa and she had the highest scores in the class.</p><p>Alpesh invited Corey and me to the track meet.</p><p>Use the possessive case to show possession. Never spell possessive pronouns with an</p><p>apostrophe. It’s is a contraction of it is. Do not confuse it’s with the possessive pronoun its.</p><p>The book is hers. The victory is ours.</p><p>It’s about time for the program. Its value is beyond comprehension.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the pronoun in parentheses that best completes each sentence.</p><p>Many people dedicated (them, their) lives to developing the digital computer.</p><p>1. One pioneer, John W. Mauchly, spent much of (he, his) life developing computer technology.</p><p>2. While a student at Ursinus College, (he, him) constructed an analog computer to analyze</p><p>weather data.</p><p>3. This early machine did (it’s, its) job well, but slowly and with virtually no flexibility.</p><p>4. In 1941, Mauchly joined the Moore School of Electrical Engineering at the University of</p><p>Pennsylvania, where (he, him) refined digital technology.</p><p>5. (He, Him) collaborated with others at the school to build the first large electronic computer, ENIAC.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 175</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>6. (They, Their) built this huge machine to produce ballistic trajectory tables.</p><p>7. Along with John von Neumann, (they, them) followed with EDVAC, the world’s first</p><p>programmable computer.</p><p>8. Seeing the commercial possibilities for (them, their) invention, they formed a corporation to</p><p>build computers.</p><p>9. As the research neared (its, it’s) fruition, (they, their) corporation was absorbed by the giant</p><p>company Remington Rand.</p><p>10. Remington Rand, with Mauchly on (its, it’s) staff, added Grace Murray Hopper to the team.</p><p>11. Admiral Hopper devoted (she, her) energy to pioneering the use of compilers.</p><p>12. A compiler translates a program from (its, it’s) original form that humans can read to a form</p><p>that computers can access.</p><p>13. Spending most of (her, she) career in the U.S. Navy, Admiral Hopper nevertheless contributed</p><p>greatly to the development of a computer business programming language known as COBOL.</p><p>14. Businesses rushed to utilize the new technology because they knew it would expand</p><p>productivity for (they, them).</p><p>� Exercise 2 Label each italicized pronoun nom. (nominative), obj. (objective), or poss. (possessive).</p><p>obj.</p><p>Since my friend Juana Alvarez moved, I have received three letters from her.</p><p>poss.</p><p>1. The Alvarez family spends much of its time utilizing computer on-line services.</p><p>poss.</p><p>2. More of their productive time is spent with a computer than ever before because of the</p><p>expanded services of on-line systems.</p><p>obj.</p><p>3. What makes them different from standard bulletin board system (BBS) features?</p><p>4. Unlike local bulletin board systems, commercial services offer a wide variety of</p><p>poss.</p><p>serious information to serve their clientele.</p><p>poss.</p><p>5. Mr. Alvarez uses his computer to find up-to-the-minute stock market quotations and financial</p><p>obj.</p><p>news that concerns him.</p><p>poss.</p><p>6. Mrs. Alvarez spends part of her day contacting clients through the electronic mail section.</p><p>nom. poss.</p><p>7. When she works on her school reports, Juana’s favorite feature is the reference library.</p><p>nom. poss.</p><p>8. “I really save time because the computer can find my topics in a few seconds,” she said.</p><p>nom.</p><p>9. Gilberto has found that, through the Internet, he can access large libraries to locate materials</p><p>that will suit his needs.</p><p>obj. poss.</p><p>10. “Our computer modem has given us an added dimension in our lives,” stated Mrs. Alvarez.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>176 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 54</p><p>Pronouns with and as Appositives; After Than and As</p><p>A pronoun placed after a noun or another pronoun to identify, explain, or rename it is an</p><p>appositive pronoun. When the appositive pronoun explains or identifies a subject or a</p><p>predicate nominative, use the nominative case. When the pronoun explains or defines a</p><p>direct object, an indirect object, or an object of a preposition, use the objective case.</p><p>The woman in the white jeans, she, was an eyewitness to the accident.</p><p>André presented the trophies to the winners, Juan and me.</p><p>In elliptical adverb clauses using than and as, use a pronoun in the case that would be</p><p>used if the missing words were fully stated.</p><p>Marsha received higher scores than he. (Marsha received higher scores than he</p><p>received.)</p><p>The article complimented James and Doreen as much as them. (The article</p><p>complimented James and Doreen as much as it complimented them.)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the correct pronoun. Write the case (nom. for nominative and obj. for</p><p>objective) in the blank. Some sentences may have more than one pronoun to identify.</p><p>nom., obj. The Norton sisters, Karen and (she, her), helped (they, them) with the planning.</p><p>nom. 1. The losers, Raji and (I, me), bought pizza for Ben and Clara.</p><p>obj. 2. The membership cards have arrived for the new members, Kisha and (he, him).</p><p>obj. 3. Because I hadn’t studied, the test gave (I, me) more problems than usual.</p><p>nom. 4. “The culprit is (I, me),” admitted Ashford.</p><p>obj. 5. Everyone donated a dollar to buy a present for (she, her).</p><p>nom. 6. Dowana, more than (I, me), worked hard to make the team.</p><p>obj. 7. Mr. Grover spent as much time with the beginners as with (they, them).</p><p>nom. 8. (He, him), Alberto Ramirez, won every free-throw contest.</p><p>obj. 9. Better than (he, him), try asking Darcy for help with your math questions.</p><p>obj. 10. Consuelo and Betty sang (they, them) a lullaby so the babies would go to sleep.</p><p>obj., obj. 11. Camping without electricity was less of a problem for (she, her), than (they, them).</p><p>nom. 12. After the meeting, the sisters, Angie and (she, her), went out for pizza.</p><p>obj. 13. Because he made the team, his dad bought (he, him) a new pair of cross-</p><p>training shoes.</p><p>nom. 14. The winners of the cheerleader spirit contest were (we, us), the juniors.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 177</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>178 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>obj. 15. Because Katarina twisted her ankle, Rhoda carried (she, her) to the car.</p><p>nom. 16. Teresa, as well as (she, her), won two tickets to The Phantom of the Opera.</p><p>obj. 17. Since I was unfamiliar with the neighborhood, Mr. Chin drew a map for (I, me).</p><p>obj. 18. The scratching of the limb against the house gave Mark and (I, me) a terrible</p><p>start.</p><p>nom., nom. 19. (They, Them), Mable and Otto, run the 440 faster than Kara and (I, me).</p><p>obj. 20. If it weren’t for Jamal and (she, her), the school paper would not get printed.</p><p>obj. 21. Ms. Adkins managed to motivate (they, them), Sheila and Alpesh.</p><p>nom. 22. The new owners of the bait shop are (they, them), Mr. and Mrs. Giles.</p><p>obj. 23. The newspaper interviewed Alan as well as (she, her).</p><p>nom. 24. (She, Her), Andrea Thompson, is our representative on the student council.</p><p>nom. 25. Mattie, rather than (he, him), volunteered to be chairman of the ethics</p><p>committee.</p><p>obj. 26. The team chose Chun as its captain rather than (he, him).</p><p>obj. 27. The waitress served (I, me) the wrong entrée.</p><p>nom. 28. The only applicants who met the qualifications were Candy and (I, me).</p><p>obj. 29. Famous guests at the banquet included Archie Griffin, Steve Young, and</p><p>(he, him).</p><p>obj. 30. The results of the poll elated Paul as much as (she, her).</p><p>obj. 31. Several people</p><p>took advantage of the offer besides Chuck and (she, her).</p><p>obj. 32. The entire student body cheered the runners, Maria and (he, him), to victory.</p><p>obj. 33. The nod went to Gary rather than (she, her).</p><p>nom. 34. Miklos, as well as (he, him), is saving money for basketball camp.</p><p>nom. 35. Three of the players, Adzo, Alejandra, and (I, me), scored in the double digits.</p><p>obj. 36. Deciding which article to run was difficult for the editors, Joel and (she, her).</p><p>obj. 37. Of the three we know, Ito, Cal, and (he, him), the most popular is Ito.</p><p>nom. 38. (She, Her), a professional athlete, holds clinics for our school every summer.</p><p>nom. 39. Both of the game’s stars, Sanjay and (he, him), were playing with injuries.</p><p>obj. 40. Kaleena upset (he, him) with her catty remarks.</p><p>Lesson 55</p><p>Reflexive and Intensive Pronouns</p><p>Hisself and theirselves are incorrect forms. Never use them.</p><p>The hermit had spent thirty years by himself.</p><p>The parents themselves supplied the extra labor.</p><p>Always use a reflexive pronoun when the pronoun refers to the person who is the subject</p><p>of the sentence.</p><p>Incorrect: He saved him a lot of trouble.</p><p>Correct: He saved himself a lot of trouble.</p><p>Incorrect: She found her an apple for a snack.</p><p>Correct: She found herself an apple for a snack.</p><p>Never use a reflexive pronoun when it does not refer to the same person as the subject.</p><p>Incorrect: Shelley and myself were born in October.</p><p>Correct: Shelley and I were born in October.</p><p>Incorrect: Aaron and yourself are the only ones who can drive.</p><p>Correct: Aaron and you are the only ones who can drive.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write C in the blank if the sentence is correct. If the pronoun in italics is incorrect,</p><p>write the correct pronoun in the blank.</p><p>I Douglas and myself caught seven fish before breakfast.</p><p>himself 1. Achim spends much time praising hisself.</p><p>herself 2. May Lien earned her a lot of money.</p><p>himself 3. Emil bought four hamburgers for Rolf and him to share.</p><p>I 4. Carlene, Andy, and myself are the new Student Council representatives.</p><p>C 5. The guests eagerly helped themselves to the tempting buffet.</p><p>C 6. Koko surprised herself and managed to remain calm in the face of the insults.</p><p>he 7. Kobla and himself are the only ones who got a perfect score.</p><p>C 8. Here are three chairs for Kim, Frances, and you.</p><p>C 9. During the volleyball tournament, Carey’s team called themselves the</p><p>Sparkling Spikers.</p><p>itself 10. The orchestra raised a thousand dollars for it by selling pizza.</p><p>me 11. June tagged along with Fernando and myself.</p><p>C 12. The Ortas are our neighbors. Our family and they are good friends.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 179</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>C 13. Gerald managed to solve the mystery all by himself.</p><p>C 14. Every day, Billy found himself more enthused with the club’s progress.</p><p>C 15. Carmen and you saved the game by scoring fourteen points each in the last</p><p>quarter.</p><p>themselves 16. Erika and Toni made them new outfits for the party.</p><p>themselves 17. The choir members took great pride in theirselves and their accomplishments.</p><p>themselves 18. My parents bought theater tickets for the Murphys and them.</p><p>himself 19. When the old company closed, Mr. Williams found him a new job with the</p><p>Skye Products Corporation.</p><p>C 20. Did you remember to bring sweaters for Wanda and yourself?</p><p>Answers may vary.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Write a pronoun in the blank that correctly completes the sentence.</p><p>Estella was proud of [ herself for winning the MVP Award.</p><p>1. Get [ yourself another piece of pie.</p><p>2. Elizabeth allowed [ herself two hours to study for the math final.</p><p>3. Ms. Swenson and [ you are the only persons I have known that are named Inge.</p><p>4. We managed to decipher the poorly written instructions for [ ourselves .</p><p>5. Will you straighten the desktop as a favor to Marla and [ me ?</p><p>6. The roles of the faculty members were played by our teachers [ themselves .</p><p>7. A country which is independent has the freedom to govern [ itself .</p><p>8. Kent earned [ himself the right to compete in the district finals.</p><p>9. In order to get a copy of the new postal cancellation, I sent a letter to [ myself .</p><p>10. Enrique and [ he are the most popular singers in the whole school.</p><p>11. People who cannot organize [ themselves cannot organize others.</p><p>12. Cathy allowed no one but [ herself to read her diary.</p><p>13. Kenji reserved seats for [ himself and Cheryl.</p><p>14. I usually write poetry for [ myself and no one else.</p><p>15. Rosa seldom gave [ herself credit for any of the contributions she made to the French</p><p>Club.</p><p>16. The Changs and [ we vacationed in North Dakota.</p><p>17. Since he can’t reach the top shelf, will you put this box up there for [ him ?</p><p>18. Though he tried to concentrate, Chuck found [ himself daydreaming during the speech.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>180 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 56</p><p>Who and Whom in Questions and Subordinate Clauses</p><p>Use the nominative case pronouns who and whoever when the pronoun is the subject of</p><p>the sentence, the subject of a clause, or a predicate nominative in a sentence or a clause.</p><p>Who will be the next president? (subject of the verb will be)</p><p>He knows who his true friends are. (subject of the noun clause who his true friends</p><p>are)</p><p>Mr. Adams knew who came in late. (subject of noun clause who came in late)</p><p>Use the objective case pronouns whom and whomever when the pronoun is a direct</p><p>object, an indirect object, or an object of a preposition.</p><p>Mavis wants to know whom you saw at the mall. (direct object of noun clause whom</p><p>you saw at the mall )</p><p>The president, whomever we select, will have a difficult job. (direct object of select)</p><p>With whom did Bill go to the fair? (object of the preposition with)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Underline the pronoun in parentheses that best completes each sentence.</p><p>Tom Sawyer, (who, whom) most people love, is an amusing character.</p><p>1. One of America’s finest writers was Mark Twain, (who, whom) was born in November 1835.</p><p>2. Mark Twain, (who, whom) was born Samuel Langhorne Clemens, was the fourth of five</p><p>children.</p><p>3. The family’s poverty was obvious to (whoever, whomever) made their acquaintance.</p><p>4. When he was four, his father, (who, whom) was a hard worker but a poor provider, moved the</p><p>family to Hannibal, Missouri.</p><p>5. When his father died, the boy, (who, whom) was twelve, was apprenticed to a printer.</p><p>6. Sam’s older brother, Orion, (who, whom) bought the Hannibal Journal, gave him his first</p><p>experience with typesetting and writing.</p><p>7. (Whoever, Whomever) struck Sam’s fancy became the subject of his witty characterizations.</p><p>8. The people (who, whom) Sam spoofed often made trouble for Orion.</p><p>9. Orion, (who, whom) was often frustrated with his brother, knew that the satire sold papers.</p><p>10. In 1857, young Clemens apprenticed himself to a riverboat pilot (who, whom) he had come to</p><p>respect.</p><p>11. Sam, (who, whom) had received his pilot’s license, tried this new trade for two and a half</p><p>years.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 181</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>12. The author, (who, whom) called these years the happiest of his life, later wrote about</p><p>piloting in Life on the Mississippi.</p><p>13. The young man, (who, whom) wanted nothing to do with the Civil War, went with his brother</p><p>to Nevada to do some mining.</p><p>14. Soon Clemens,</p><p>(who, whom) had begun using the pen name Mark Twain, was writing for the</p><p>Enterprise in Virginia City.</p><p>15. His contributions were popular with (whoever, whomever) would read them.</p><p>16. In 1864 Mark, (who, whom) fortune still eluded, went to San Francisco where he worked on</p><p>several newspapers.</p><p>17. He often made time to listen to (whoever, whomever) had tall tales to tell.</p><p>18. A miner, (who, whom) Twain met in Calaveras County, provided him with a “jumping frog”</p><p>story that the author set down in words.</p><p>19. Twain, (who, whom) was called the “Wild Humorist of the Pacific Slope,” achieved a measure</p><p>of national fame with this story.</p><p>20. Traveling to the Hawaiian Islands, the Mediterranean, and the Holy Land, he was a</p><p>correspondent (who, whom) wrote glittering pieces for his employers.</p><p>21. Innocents Abroad was a revision of these experiences that secured the fame of the author,</p><p>upon (who, whom) fortune seemed to smile at last.</p><p>22. In 1869, he married Olivia Langdon, (who, whom) was from Elmira, New York.</p><p>23. Olivia, (who, whom) modified many of Mark’s exaggerations, sometimes improved their</p><p>readability but often weakened the writing.</p><p>24. Twain, (who, whom) bought a publishing house in Hartford, Connecticut, earned much money</p><p>from writing, lecturing, and publishing.</p><p>25. The writer, (who, whom) now rode the crest of popularity, abandoned journalism for literature.</p><p>26. The next few years, 1872–1889, were productive for this man (who, whom) had come so far.</p><p>27. William Dean Howells, (who, whom) was editor of the Atlantic Monthly, became one of</p><p>Twain’s closest friends.</p><p>28. Howells also became his literary adviser, upon (who, whom) Twain depended heavily.</p><p>29. The author, (who, whom) was unused to a secure lifestyle, spent his money on high living and</p><p>unsuccessful investments.</p><p>30. (Who, Whom) could have guessed that his heavy investments in both a typesetting machine</p><p>and a publishing house would fail?</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>182 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 57</p><p>Agreement in Number and Gender</p><p>and with Collective Nouns</p><p>An antecedent is a word or group of words to which a pronoun refers or that a pronoun</p><p>replaces. A pronoun must agree with its antecedent in both number (singular or plural)</p><p>and gender (masculine, feminine, or neuter). The antecedent may be a noun, another</p><p>pronoun, or a phrase or clause acting as a noun.</p><p>The Taylors landscaped their yard in an unusual way. (plural pronoun)</p><p>Kimiko regained her confidence after a few putting lessons. (singular feminine pronoun)</p><p>The cheetah licked its chops. (singular neuter pronoun)</p><p>Traditionally, a masculine pronoun is used when the gender of the antecedent is</p><p>unknown or may be either masculine or feminine. As language changes, some people</p><p>prefer using gender-neutral wording. To avoid using only the masculine, the examples</p><p>show three ways to reword the sentence.</p><p>The doctor makes his rounds every day. (Doctor may be masculine or feminine, but</p><p>the pronoun here is masculine.)</p><p>The doctor makes his or her rounds every day. (Both genders of the pronoun are</p><p>included.)</p><p>Doctors make their rounds every day. (Both the antecedent and the pronoun are</p><p>plural.)</p><p>Doctors make rounds daily. (The pronoun is eliminated.)</p><p>When the antecedent of a pronoun is a collective noun, the number of the pronoun</p><p>depends upon whether the collective noun is used as singular or plural.</p><p>The class had its first meeting yesterday. (Class is used as a single unit; therefore, the</p><p>singular pronoun is used.)</p><p>The legislature take their vacations during the summer months. (This sentence refers</p><p>to separate acts of the members; therefore, the plural pronoun is used.)</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write a pronoun in the blank that agrees with the antecedent; then underline the</p><p>antecedent.</p><p>Felipe left [ his report on the kitchen table.</p><p>1. The Carmonas all have [ their mother’s eyes.</p><p>2. Each member must pledge [ his or her or his or her loyalty to the group.</p><p>3. Ms. Arnold coached the cheerleaders as [ they practiced their routines.</p><p>4. The emergency squad offers [ its services to all in need.</p><p>5. Akiko changed for [ her date before she ate dinner.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 183</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>184 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>6. Lemuel and I researched [ our family tree.</p><p>7. The Panthers play [ their opening game tonight.</p><p>8. When Juan and I left school, [ we went straight to soccer practice.</p><p>9. Mr. Copas and Seán never tire of talking about [ their record catch of trout.</p><p>10. If you will give me a list of things you need, I will get [ them .</p><p>11. Billy and Carol are amazing. I’ve never seen two people work together better than [ they .</p><p>12. Sasha and Trina work every day after school because [ their family needs the money.</p><p>13. Just before we graduated, our class gave [ its entire treasury to purchase some new</p><p>computers for the school.</p><p>14. Norman and Natasha spent a lot of money on [ their skiing gear.</p><p>15. Camille wrote [ her deepest feelings in the diary; [ its contents were</p><p>private.</p><p>16. The girl on the phone said [ her name was Jane, but [ she sounded</p><p>exactly like Maria.</p><p>17. Orville worked hard at accomplishing [ his goals.</p><p>18. The tennis player had trouble controlling [ his or her or his or her serves.</p><p>19. When my dad and his three brothers were children, [ they all shared one bicycle.</p><p>20. Congress passed forty-seven bills during [ its last session.</p><p>� Exercise 2 Circle any pronoun in italics that does not agree with its antecedent. Write its</p><p>correct form in the blank. If the italicized pronoun agrees with its antecedent, write C in the blank.</p><p>their The candidates used the poll results to estimate his support base.</p><p>C 1. Albert and Teresa featured a live rabbit in their science project.</p><p>their 2. The musicians performed his program at the municipal auditorium.</p><p>her 3. Marlene spent the evening studying for his math test.</p><p>C 4. Most members of the Spanish club recommend it to their friends.</p><p>his 5. Bill organized its schedule to allow for extra leisure time.</p><p>we 6. My sisters and I finished our homework, and then she watched television.</p><p>C 7. Neither of the Jones girls played her best.</p><p>its 8. The team is proud of their record.</p><p>his or her</p><p>or his or her 9. Does anyone have an extra battery in their locker?</p><p>C 10. Hakeem is never too busy to help his friends.</p><p>Lesson 58</p><p>Agreement in Person</p><p>A pronoun must agree in person with its antecedent.</p><p>Incorrect: Henri lives in Tampa where you can sunbathe all year long.</p><p>Correct: Henri lives in Tampa where he can sunbathe all year long.</p><p>Incorrect: They like camping because you can be close to nature.</p><p>Correct: They like camping because they can be close to nature</p><p>� Exercise 1 Rewrite the sentence to eliminate the inappropriate use of you (your). Substitute a</p><p>pronoun that agrees with the antecedent or a suitable noun. Answers may vary somewhat.</p><p>Tom attended the outdoor drama where you could enjoy the summer weather.</p><p>Tom attended the outdoor drama where he could enjoy the summer weather.</p><p>1. Maria climbed to the</p><p>top of the hill where you could see Tennessee.</p><p>Maria climbed to the top of the hill where she could see Tennessee.</p><p>2. Maude and Clarice found a little boutique where you get terrific bargains on hypoallergenic</p><p>makeup. Maude and Clarice found a little boutique where they get terrific bargains on hypoallergenic</p><p>makeup.</p><p>3. Bill likes the library because there you can satisfy your curiosity on any subject.</p><p>Bill likes the library because there he can satisfy his curiosity on any subject.</p><p>4. Achim had no knowledge of your basic rights as a citizen.</p><p>Achim had no knowledge of his basic rights as a citizen.</p><p>5. Martina stayed away from parties where you couldn’t wear casual clothes.</p><p>Martina stayed away from parties where she couldn’t wear casual clothes.</p><p>6. Every member knew that the tradition was well established before you were born.</p><p>Every member knew that the tradition was well established before he or she was born.</p><p>7. The stars seemed so close that you could reach up and grab one.</p><p>The stars seemed so close that a person could reach up and grab one.</p><p>8. We went to the theater early so you would have a better chance of getting good seats.</p><p>We went to the theater early so we would have a better chance of getting good seats.</p><p>9. Our goal is to make everyone feel that you truly have equal opportunity.</p><p>Our goal is to make everyone feel that he or she truly has equal opportunity.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 185</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>10. Rosie proved that, with the right attitude, you could accomplish nearly anything.</p><p>Rosie proved that, with the right attitude, she could accomplish nearly anything.</p><p>11. Dan and Luisa are going to the track banquet where you receive the awards you earned during</p><p>the season. Dan and Luisa are going to the track banquet where participants receive the awards they</p><p>earned during the season.</p><p>12. Ed was happy for the new bus route because you don’t have to walk all the way through the</p><p>subdivision. Ed was happy for the new bus route because he doesn’t have to walk all the way through the</p><p>subdivision.</p><p>13. Mary and Al go to the YMCA three days a week because you can work out for three dollars a</p><p>session. Mary and Al go to the YMCA three days a week because they can work out for three dollars a</p><p>session.</p><p>14. The Morgans were eager for their vacation because you could get away from the bustle of their</p><p>busy shop. The Morgans were eager for their vacation because they could get away from the bustle of</p><p>their busy shop.</p><p>15. Yoruba and Steve checked their answer sheets carefully because you wouldn’t get a second</p><p>chance. Yoruba and Steve checked their answer sheets carefully because they wouldn’t get a second</p><p>chance.</p><p>16. Basketball clinics are valuable since you always need to improve your skills.</p><p>Basketball clinics are valuable since everyone always needs to improve his or her skills.</p><p>17. Jeannine finally realized that you can’t get a top grade without some personal effort.</p><p>Jeannine finally realized that she can’t get a top grade without some personal effort.</p><p>18. For the trip to London, you will stop over in New York.</p><p>For the trip to London, the flight will stop over in New York.</p><p>19. To learn about their ancestors, you can attend a family reunion.</p><p>To learn about their ancestors, people can attend a family reunion.</p><p>20. Anya and Ramona took a compass on their hike because you can use it to find your way if you</p><p>become lost. Anya and Ramona took a compass on their hike because they could use it to find their way if</p><p>they became lost.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>186 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 59</p><p>Agreement with Indefinite Pronoun Antecedents</p><p>When a pronoun’s antecedent is an indefinite pronoun, the pronoun must agree in</p><p>number with it.</p><p>Neither of the girls spent her entire allowance.</p><p>Several members missed their chance to speak with the president.</p><p>When no gender is specified, it is traditional to use a masculine pronoun with an</p><p>indefinite antecedent. If gender-neutral wording is desired, use both masculine and</p><p>feminine, reword the sentence to make the antecedent plural, or omit the personal</p><p>pronoun entirely.</p><p>TRADITIONAL: Every one of the students should prepare his own homework.</p><p>GENDER-NEUTRAL: All of the students should prepare their own homework.</p><p>Every one of the students should prepare the homework.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write a pronoun in the blank that agrees with the indefinite antecedent. Underline</p><p>the indefinite pronoun antecedent.</p><p>Neither of the girls left [ her umbrella on the bus.</p><p>1. All of the Turner children have labeled [ their notebooks on the outside.</p><p>2. When Muriel graduates, another of the girls will take [ her place as president.</p><p>3. Any of the stock boys will be happy to lend [ his assistance.</p><p>4. None of the sopranos has [ her music memorized.</p><p>5. Some of our teachers keep [ their records in a computer.</p><p>6. I want to speak with each of the boys: Deon, Karl, and [ him .</p><p>7. A few of the football players hung their heads because [ they had lost the game.</p><p>8. All of the NHL players risk injury to [ their legs in every game.</p><p>9. Each of the mothers had [ her own special way of handling her child.</p><p>10. All of the members are required to keep [ their uniforms clean and neat.</p><p>11. When all of the girls had gone home, only one had forgotten [ her project list.</p><p>12. Both of us had reached the point of frustration with [ our brothers.</p><p>13. Of all the girls on the track team, no one chose high hurdles as [ her specialty.</p><p>14. Each of them is responsible for [ his or her or his or her own property.</p><p>15. Either of the boys may choose thermodynamics as the theme for [ his science project.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 187</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>16. Some of the girls perceived that remark as damaging to [ their pride.</p><p>17. Many of the NBA players plan for [ their future by reinvesting much of their salary.</p><p>18. Any of the waitresses works hard to improve [ her tips.</p><p>19. Everyone hopes [ his or her or his or her audition went well.</p><p>20. Somebody in the girls’ locker room is laughing so loudly that [ her voice can be</p><p>heard in the hallway.</p><p>21. Both of his friends enjoyed [ their dinner.</p><p>22. A few of the guys spent [ their lunch hour practicing their lines for the play.</p><p>23. Will any of the women on the staff cast [ her vote against this proposal?</p><p>24. The others saw the importance of [ their role in the project.</p><p>25. Of all the boys, not one failed to report to [ his interview on time.</p><p>26. All of Amy’s friends admitted to feeling lonely at some time in [ their lives.</p><p>27. Everybody has [ his or her or his or her strong points.</p><p>28. Both of the writers saw [ their essays in print.</p><p>29. Each of the parents held secret dreams for the success of [ his or her or his or her children.</p><p>30. Nobody has any excuse for trying less than [ his or her or his or her best.</p><p>31. Every one of the women has earned [ her spot on the golf tour.</p><p>32. Both of them received [ their shipments</p><p>in an amazingly short time.</p><p>33. Most of the horse show judges have spent years refining [ their talent.</p><p>34. Neither of the siblings vents [ his or her or his or her feelings in a visible manner.</p><p>35. Someone in the balcony lost [ his or her or his or her coat.</p><p>36. Each chose Will Smith as [ his or her or his or her favorite comedian.</p><p>37. None of the girls went to the prom without [ her makeup and [ her hairbrush.</p><p>38. None of the cross-country runners finished with [ his or her or his or her best time.</p><p>39. Each of the servers bussed the tables in [ his or her or his or her area.</p><p>40. All of the guys had computer games on [ their wish lists.</p><p>� Writing Link Write two sentences using indefinite pronouns that have indefinite antecedents.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>188 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 60</p><p>Clear Pronoun Reference</p><p>Do not use the pronouns this, that, which, and it without a clearly stated antecedent.</p><p>Unclear: Nina will sing at the assembly, which I always enjoy.</p><p>Clear: I always enjoy Nina’s singing at the assembly.</p><p>Sometimes a pronoun will seem to have more than one antecedent. In such instances,</p><p>reword the sentence to make the antecedent clear or omit the pronoun.</p><p>Unclear: Raji had the wrestling advantage over Bob because he was heavier. (Raji or</p><p>Bob could be the antecedent of he)</p><p>Clear: Raji, because he was heavier, had the wrestling advantage over Bob. (Raji is</p><p>the antecedent of he)</p><p>Clear: Heavier than Bob, Raji had the wrestling advantage. (pronoun is eliminated)</p><p>The pronouns you and they should not be used as indefinite pronouns. Instead, name the</p><p>performer of the action.</p><p>Indefinite: When the Hallelujah Chorus is performed, you should rise.</p><p>Clear: When the Hallelujah Chorus is performed, the audience should rise.</p><p>Clear: When the Hallelujah Chorus is performed, everyone should rise.</p><p>� Exercise 1 Rewrite each sentence so that the antecedent of the pronoun in parentheses is clear.</p><p>You may choose to eliminate the pronoun in some cases. Answers may vary.</p><p>The Tigers played the Lions last Friday and (they) scored eleven runs.</p><p>The Tigers scored eleven runs when they played the Lions last Friday.</p><p>1. Ellen brought a copy of the new schedule of activities that (they) are offering this summer at the</p><p>city parks. Ellen brought a copy of the new schedule of activities the city parks are offering this summer.</p><p>2. The swimming pool has been enlarged by twenty feet (which) is larger than any other in the</p><p>state. The swimming pool has been enlarged by twenty feet, making it larger than any other in the state.</p><p>3. Not only will there be baseball and basketball, but (you) can play soccer, too.</p><p>Not only will there be baseball and basketball, but people can play soccer, too.</p><p>4. Ollie noticed that five team sports were on the list, (which) are open to all ages.</p><p>Ollie noticed that five team sports, which are open to all ages, were on the list.</p><p>5. Cal has different interests from Mario because (he) prefers individual sports.</p><p>Cal has different interests from Mario because Cal prefers individual sports, .</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 189</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>6. For people like Cal, (they) have fourteen individual sports on the list.</p><p>For people like Cal, the parks department has fourteen individual sports on the list.</p><p>7. Jogging, hiking, and weight training are available if (you) don’t want to be competitive.</p><p>Jogging, hiking, and weight training are available for people who don’t want to be competitive.</p><p>8. The program includes a full schedule of non-sporting activities (which) has something for</p><p>everyone. The program, which has something for everyone, includes a full schedule of non-sporting</p><p>activities.</p><p>9. Eastgate Park offers (you) a small plot to raise flowers or vegetables.</p><p>Eastgate Park offers a small plot to raise flowers or vegetables.</p><p>10. Those with artistic tastes may choose from twenty craft workshops and fine arts classes which</p><p>(they) offer at Mill Street Park. Those with artistic tastes may choose from twenty craft</p><p>workshops and fine arts classes offered at Mill Street Park.</p><p>11. Sharon joined her cousin Gillian in the pastels class because (she) didn’t want to attend</p><p>without someone she knew. Sharon joined her cousin Gillian in the pastels class because Gillian didn’t</p><p>want to attend without someone she knew.</p><p>12. The leather tooling class required a fee for supplies (which) was on Wednesday mornings.</p><p>The leather tooling class, which was on Wednesday mornings, required a fee for supplies.</p><p>13. Performing opportunities are available at all the parks (which) have professional leadership.</p><p>Performing opportunities with professional leadership are available at all the parks.</p><p>14. A concert band, a chorus, and an orchestra will make weekly appearances (that) involve scores</p><p>of participants. A concert band, a chorus, and an orchestra that involve scores of participants will make</p><p>weekly appearances.</p><p>15. The drama group will perform three one-act plays (which) is already rehearsing.</p><p>The drama group, which is already rehearsing, will perform three one-act plays.</p><p>16. Four professional groups are scheduled for concerts (that) are on tour.</p><p>Four professional touring groups are scheduled for concerts.</p><p>17. Of course, all the traditional facilities like playgrounds and picnic areas (that) are popular are</p><p>still available. Of course, the popular traditional facilities, like playgrounds and picnic areas, are still</p><p>available.</p><p>18. The shelter houses are in such demand that (you) have to reserve them a month in advance.</p><p>The shelter houses are in such demand that people must reserve them a month in advance.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>190 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 8 Review</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write a pronoun in the blank to correct the inappropriate pronoun in italics.</p><p>his or her</p><p>or his or her Each absentee got their assignment from Brenda.</p><p>her 1. The cookies were donated by Antoinette and she.</p><p>she 2. The guests, Armand and her, were very poised.</p><p>themselves 3. All the ballerinas keep herself physically fit.</p><p>he 4. Curt misses Florida because they can walk on the beach anytime.</p><p>she 5. Sara had a better free-throw percentage than her.</p><p>he or she</p><p>or he or she 6. Anyone can join provided they attends the meetings.</p><p>she 7. Mary Ann liked the new hobby shop because you can find everything easily.</p><p>us 8. The rules change was approved by all of we on the committee.</p><p>us 9. The aptitude test will be given to we juniors during third period.</p><p>him or her</p><p>or him or her 10. Each of the students liked working on the community clean-up project because</p><p>it gave them a sense of accomplishment.</p><p>him 11. Alonzo gave the keys to the boys, Rabi and he.</p><p>we 12. The league champions are us, the Wildcats.</p><p>whom 13. To who was the prize awarded?</p><p>who 14. Our class spent four days helping the victims whom were displaced by the</p><p>flood.</p><p>they 15. Our ancestors succeeded because we worked hard.</p><p>their 16. All of the boys completed his homework on time.</p><p>himself 17. Steve got hisself a new CD player.</p><p>themselves 18. The team itself washed the dirty jerseys.</p><p>he 19. Karl got better grades than Melissa because she studied harder.</p><p>they 20. Every team deserved a letter, said Mr. Giles, even them.</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 191</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________</p><p>Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Cumulative Review: Units 1–8</p><p>� Exercise 1 Label each italicized word with its part of speech: N (noun), V (verb), adj. (adjective),</p><p>adv. (adverb), pro. (pronoun), prep. (preposition), or con. (conjunction).</p><p>prep. N</p><p>With a loud crash, the vase fell to the floor.</p><p>N N</p><p>1. His leaving caused a lot of comment.</p><p>prep. adj.</p><p>2. After the rain shower, the entire world seemed refreshed.</p><p>N con.</p><p>3. Is Ethan Frome fiction or biography?</p><p>adj. V prep.</p><p>4. Brunhilda, a character in Wagnerian operas, was the beautiful leader of the Valkyries.</p><p>adv. adj.</p><p>5. I found Ms. Lopez extremely well prepared for the debate.</p><p>N adj.</p><p>6. Running and weight lifting are Alpesh’s favorite activities.</p><p>adj. adj.</p><p>7. Both the advisers spoke with Brooklyn accents.</p><p>N prep. pro.</p><p>8. Do you understand that there will be more responsibility placed on those who can handle it?</p><p>prep. pro. adj.</p><p>9. The pigeons outside his window awakened Geraldo with their soft cooing.</p><p>V N</p><p>10. The Walkers’ new van runs on diesel fuel.</p><p>adj. prep.</p><p>11. The entire surprise party came off without a hitch.</p><p>prep. N adv.</p><p>12. Because of a disease called blight, chestnut trees have become very rare.</p><p>adj. V adj. con.</p><p>13. Your gear should include the following: extra socks, a first-aid kit, and a rain poncho.</p><p>adj. adv. pro.</p><p>14. After thirty years of marriage, Renaldo is still happy when he returns to his wife after a day at</p><p>work.</p><p>pro. prep. adj.</p><p>15. The MVP award went to her, the girl with the red hair.</p><p>V N</p><p>16. Durrell is being scouted by three major colleges because of his outstanding passing ability.</p><p>adj.</p><p>17. Can a person from our tiny community understand the pressures of life in the city?</p><p>adv. V con.</p><p>18. Interestingly enough, Jo wrote the story that appeared in the newspaper, but she hasn’t seen a</p><p>printed copy yet.</p><p>adj. prep.</p><p>19. Kahlil ate two eggs besides the pancakes.</p><p>pro. N</p><p>20. Please hand me the jars, those with the green labels.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>192 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 8, Using Pronouns Correctly 193</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>� Exercise 2 Draw two lines under the correct verb form.</p><p>Carey and Mel (is, are) the funniest persons in our class.</p><p>1. (Do, Does) the Honeywells live here?</p><p>2. The addax, an example of an endangered animal, (is, are) native to Africa.</p><p>3. Everyone who attended (is, are) impressed with Mr. Honer’s speaking ability.</p><p>4. Jesse, along with the Chin sisters, (devote, devotes) much of his time to studying.</p><p>5. Connie, Jaleel, and Pearl (advocate, advocates) a generous approach to the situation.</p><p>6. Neither the Cadburys nor Mr. Skidmore (own, owns) a riding lawn mower.</p><p>7. Physics (is, are) his favorite science course.</p><p>8. Al or they (has, have) many resources that will help you with your project.</p><p>9. “We can use additional volunteers,” (remark, remarks) Paul.</p><p>10. Most of the squadron (believe, believes) that the new equipment will improve performance.</p><p>11. All of the team (look, looks) forward to the rematch with Westport.</p><p>12. The Carillos and Hector (subscribe, subscribes) to that magazine.</p><p>13. (Is, Are) the employees taking their vacations in July?</p><p>14. The reporters from the newspaper (work, works) very hard to meet deadlines.</p><p>15. The board of education (provide, provides) transportation for all field trips.</p><p>16. The senator’s politics (change, changes) from day to day.</p><p>17. Few of the class (arrange, arranges) their schedules with efficiency.</p><p>18. Ms. Wu, who is on the staff of school counselors, (provide, provides) an interesting</p><p>introduction to their program.</p><p>19. Cryonics (is, are) a new frontier for many forms of life science.</p><p>20. The football player (hope, hopes) for a better season next year.</p><p>� Exercise 3 Draw a line under the word in parentheses that best completes each sentence.</p><p>The mother was proud of her children, for (who, whom) she had sacrificed much.</p><p>1. Will you help Addie and (I, me)?</p><p>2. The highest producers, Rafael and (he, him), were treated to lunch.</p><p>3. The president of the school board (himself, hisself) visited the class.</p><p>4. Blame the sophomores rather than (we, us).</p><p>5. Anita bought (her, herself) a new pair of shoes for the party.</p><p>6. Mr. Taylor, (who, whom) he had trusted, proved to be unreliable.</p><p>7. In speech class, the class told about (its, their) hobbies.</p><p>8. The Millers often go to the lake where (you, they) can relax and revitalize themselves.</p><p>9. Anyone who wants to participate must have (his or her, their) physical exam by next week.</p><p>10. I bought bouquets for Karin and (she, her).</p><p>11. Give this to the first chair flautist, (she, her).</p><p>12. Ariel, as well as (he, him), was late for the ballgame.</p><p>13. To finance their banquet, the French Club raised two hundred dollars for (them, themselves).</p><p>14. Juanita called Kareem, (who, whom) is the chairman of the committee.</p><p>15. Each member of the volleyball team received (its, her) award at the dinner.</p><p>16. Because (you, he) loves nature, Yoshin is always ready to go camping.</p><p>17. Many of our class (is, are) involved in some type of community service program.</p><p>18. I can’t tell (who, whom) wrote this.</p><p>19. The army (is, are) an important part of our nation’s defense.</p><p>20. Because she is new, Mr. Alvaraz gave Jenny a written copy of (his, her) duties.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>194 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 9: Using Modifiers Correctly</p><p>Lesson 61</p><p>Modifiers: Three Degrees of Comparison</p><p>Adjectives and adverbs have three degrees of comparison. The positive form is the base</p><p>form, the form used as an entry word in a dictionary. It is never used to make a</p><p>comparison. The comparative form compares two things or people. The superlative form</p><p>compares three or more things or people.</p><p>Alonso is smart. He learns quickly. (positive)</p><p>Alonso is smarter than I am. He learns more quickly than I do. (comparative)</p><p>He is the smartest student here. He learns the most quickly of all. (superlative)</p><p>Most one-syllable adjectives use -er or -est for the comparative and superlative forms.</p><p>Spelling changes occur in some of these comparative and superlative forms. Most two-</p><p>syllable adjectives form the comparative and superlative the same way; however, if -er or</p><p>-est sounds awkward, use more or most. Also use more and most to form the comparative</p><p>and superlative of adjectives of three or more syllables.</p><p>brave, braver, bravest sad, sadder, saddest pretty, prettier, prettiest</p><p>hesitant, more hesitant, most hesitant</p><p>comfortable, more comfortable, most comfortable</p><p>Most adverbs of more than one syllable and all adverbs ending in -ly use more and most</p><p>to form the comparative and superlative degrees.</p><p>often, more often, most often tightly, more tightly, most tightly</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write in the blank the correct form (positive, comparative, or superlative) of the</p><p>adjective or adverb in parentheses. Answers may vary.</p><p>The old plane is [ smaller than the new one. (small)</p><p>1. Few activities were [ more exciting to Americans in the early 1900s than flying. (exciting)</p><p>2. However, African Americans found it [ harder to gain access to the new technology</p><p>than their white counterparts did. (hard)</p><p>3. Due to racial bias, African Americans found access to flight training the [ most difficult of</p><p>all. (difficult)</p><p>4. Many tried to use flying to achieve a [ high or higher status in society. (high)</p><p>5. The [ more fortunate or most fortunate avid fliers were able to fly in Europe. (fortunate)</p><p>6. People</p><p>of the relative pronoun.</p><p>He is one of the singers who dance. (The antecedent of who is singers, plural: singers dance.)</p><p>USING PRONOUNS CORRECTLY</p><p>1. Use the nominative case when the pronoun is a subject or a predicate nominative.</p><p>She eats cake. Is he here? That is I. (predicate nominative)</p><p>Handbook 9</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>2. Use the objective case when the pronoun is an object.</p><p>Clarence invited us. (direct object) Chapa gave me a gift. (indirect object)</p><p>Spot! Don’t run around me! (object of preposition)</p><p>3. Use the possessive case to replace possessive nouns and precede gerunds. Never use an</p><p>apostrophe in a possessive pronoun.</p><p>That new car is hers. They were thrilled at his playing the violin.</p><p>4. Use the nominative case when the pronoun is a subject or a predicate nominative.</p><p>We three—Marijian, his sister, and I—went to camp.</p><p>5. Use the objective case to rename an object.</p><p>The teacher acknowledged us, Burny and me.</p><p>6. When a pronoun is followed by an appositive, choose the case of the pronoun that would be</p><p>correct if the appositive were omitted.</p><p>We the jury find the defendant guilty. That building was erected by us workers.</p><p>7. In elliptical adverb clauses using than and as, choose the case of the pronoun that you would</p><p>use if the missing words were fully expressed.</p><p>Kareem is a better sprinter than I. (I am) It helped you more than me. (it helped me)</p><p>8. Use a reflexive pronoun when it refers to the person who is the subject of the sentence. Avoid</p><p>using hisself or theirselves.</p><p>Jerry found himself in a mess. The candidates questioned themselves about their tactics.</p><p>9. In questions, use who for subjects and whom for objects. Use who and whoever for subjects and</p><p>predicate nominatives in subordinate clauses. Use the objective pronouns whom and</p><p>whomever for objects of subordinate clauses.</p><p>Who roasted these marshmallows? Whom will you hire next?</p><p>This medal is for whoever finishes first.</p><p>The newspaper will interview whomever the editor chooses.</p><p>10. An antecedent is the word or group of words to which a pronoun refers or that a pronoun</p><p>replaces. All pronouns must agree with their antecedents in number, gender, and person.</p><p>Colleen’s friends gave up their free time to help. The Senate passed its first bill of the year.</p><p>11. Make sure that the antecedent of a pronoun is clearly stated.</p><p>VAGUE: The people who lost their dogs stayed in their yards, hoping they would return.</p><p>CLEAR: The people who lost their dogs stayed in their yards, hoping the dogs would</p><p>return.</p><p>INDEFINITE: If you park the car under the sign it will be towed away.</p><p>CLEAR: If you park the car under the sign the car will be towed away.</p><p>USING MODIFIERS CORRECTLY</p><p>1. Most adjectives and adverbs have three degrees of form. The positive form of a modifier</p><p>cannot be used to make a comparison. The comparative form of a modifier shows two things</p><p>being compared. The superlative form of a modifier shows three or more things being</p><p>compared.</p><p>The year went by fast. This year went by faster than last year.</p><p>I expect next year to go by the fastest of all.</p><p>10 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>2. One- and two-syllable adjectives add -er to form comparative and -est to form superlative.</p><p>POSITIVE: bold happy strong</p><p>COMPARATIVE: bolder happier stronger</p><p>SUPERLATIVE: boldest happiest strongest</p><p>3. For adverbs ending in -ly and modifiers with three or more syllables, use more and most or less</p><p>and least to form the comparative and superlative degrees.</p><p>He was the least exhausted of the group. She spoke more caringly than some others.</p><p>4. Some modifiers have irregular forms.</p><p>POSITIVE: good, well badly, ill far many, much little</p><p>COMPARATIVE: better worse farther more less</p><p>SUPERLATIVE: best worst farthest most least</p><p>5. Do not make a double comparison using both -er or -est and more or most.</p><p>INCORRECT: That musical was the most funniest I have ever seen.</p><p>CORRECT: That musical was the funniest I have ever seen.</p><p>6. Do not make an incomplete or unclear comparison by omitting other or else when you</p><p>compare one member of a group with another.</p><p>UNCLEAR: Joey has missed more school than any kid in the ninth grade.</p><p>CLEAR: Joey has missed more school than any other kid in the ninth grade.</p><p>7. Avoid double negatives, which are two negative words in the same clause.</p><p>INCORRECT: I have not seen no stray cats.</p><p>CORRECT: I have not seen any stray cats.</p><p>8. For clarity, place modifiers as close as possible to the words they modify.</p><p>MISPLACED: The fire was snuffed out by the storm that we accidentally started.</p><p>CLEAR: The fire that we accidentally started was snuffed out by the storm.</p><p>DANGLING: To avoid the long walk, a friend drove us.</p><p>CLEAR: To avoid the long walk, we were driven by a friend.</p><p>9. Place the adverb only immediately before the word or group of words it modifies.</p><p>Only Afi wants choir rehearsal next week. (No one but Afi wants rehearsal.)</p><p>Afi wants only choir rehearsal next week. (She wants no other rehearsal.)</p><p>Afi wants choir rehearsal only next week. (She does not want rehearsal any other week.)</p><p>USAGE GLOSSARY</p><p>a, an Use the article a when the following word begins with a consonant sound. Use an when the</p><p>following word begins with a vowel sound.</p><p>a house an understudy an hour a united front</p><p>a lot, alot Always write this expression, meaning “a large amount,” as two words.</p><p>With his help, we will learn a lot about photography.</p><p>a while, awhile In or for often precedes a while, forming a prepositional phrase. Awhile is used</p><p>only as an adverb.</p><p>Let us listen to the forest for a while. The students listened awhile.</p><p>Handbook 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>accept, except Accept, a verb, means “to receive” or “to agree to.” Except may be a preposition or a</p><p>verb. As a preposition it means “but.” As a verb it means “to leave out.”</p><p>I will accept all of your terms except the last one.</p><p>adapt, adopt Adapt means “to adjust.” Adopt means “to take something for one’s own.”</p><p>Species survive because they adapt to new situations. My church will adopt a needy family.</p><p>advice, advise Advice, a noun, means “helpful opinion.” Advise, a verb, means “to give advice.”</p><p>I must advise you to never take Jakel’s advice.</p><p>affect, effect Affect, a verb, means “to cause a change in, to influence.” Effect may be a noun or a</p><p>verb. As a noun it means “result.” As a verb it means “to bring about.”</p><p>Is it true that the observer can affect the results? (verb)</p><p>I have no idea what effect that may have. (noun)</p><p>How can the president effect a good approval rating? (verb)</p><p>ain’t Ain’t is unacceptable in speaking and writing. Use only in exact quotations.</p><p>all ready, already All ready means “completely ready.” Already means “before or by this time.”</p><p>We had already purchased our plane tickets, and we were all ready to board.</p><p>all right, alright Always write this expression as two words. Alright is unacceptable.</p><p>Because she is your friend, she is all right with me.</p><p>all together, altogether The two words all together mean “in a group.” The single word altogether</p><p>is an adverb meaning “completely” or “on the whole.”</p><p>The hikers gathered all together for lunch, and they were altogether exhausted.</p><p>allusion, illusion Allusion means “an indirect reference.” Illusion refers to something false.</p><p>Mr. Lee made an allusion to The Grapes of Wrath. The magician performed illusions.</p><p>anyways, anywheres, everywheres, somewheres Write these words and others like them without a</p><p>final -s: anyway, anywhere, everywhere, somewhere.</p><p>bad, badly Use bad as an adjective and badly as an adverb.</p><p>We watched a bad movie. He sang the national anthem quite badly.</p><p>being as, being that Use these only informally. In formal writing and speech, use because or since.</p><p>beside, besides Beside means “next to.” Besides means “moreover” or “in addition to.”</p><p>Who, besides Antonio, will offer to sit beside the window?</p><p>between, among Use between to</p><p>in Europe were [ tolerant or more tolerant in the area of racial relations. (tolerant)</p><p>Unit 9, Using Modifiers Correctly 195</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>7. Oddly enough, even in the early part of the twentieth century, African American women pilots</p><p>were just as [ famous as African American male pilots. (famous)</p><p>8. Bessie Coleman took flying [ more seriously than most of her contemporaries, and she</p><p>learned to fly in France. (seriously)</p><p>9. People came to see her stunt flying—the [ more dangerous the better, they felt. (dangerous)</p><p>10. Coleman was one of the [ more adventurous or most adventurous fliers of her generation.</p><p>(adventurous)</p><p>� Exercise 2 Underline the modifier in parentheses that best completes each sentence.</p><p>Another young pilot was (more eager, most eager) to succeed than many of his</p><p>contemporaries.</p><p>1. Eugene Bullard, America’s first African American aviator, learned to fly in France because</p><p>America was (more racially, most racially) segregated than Europe.</p><p>2. Bullard had already learned German during a stay in Berlin, so he learned French even (more</p><p>quickly, most quickly) than he might have otherwise.</p><p>3. He joined the French Foreign Legion and went into action after (hasty, most hasty) training.</p><p>4. Bullard hated the killing and said in his autobiography, “Every time the sergeant yelled ‘Feu!’ I</p><p>got (sicker, sickest).”</p><p>5. Injured in the Battle of Verdun in 1916, Bullard recovered (slowly, most slowly) at a hotel that</p><p>had been turned into a hospital.</p><p>6. Bullard adopted French ways and even would slip into French speech as he grew (more</p><p>excited, most excited) about an issue.</p><p>7. Bullard learned that soldiers with (serious, seriouser) injuries that kept them from trench</p><p>warfare could still learn to fly.</p><p>8. He trained with the French Air Service and was then assigned to Avord, the (larger, largest) air</p><p>school in France.</p><p>9. Despite Bullard’s skill, the Lafayette Flying Corps, which included the (more famous, most</p><p>famous) American aviators flying for France, did not assign him to duty.</p><p>10. Eventually he did fly in combat and won the Croix de Guerre, France’s (higher, highest)</p><p>military honor.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>196 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 62</p><p>Modifiers: Irregular Comparisons</p><p>Some common modifiers have irregular comparative forms.</p><p>POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE</p><p>good, well, bad, badly, ill better, worse best, worst</p><p>far (distance) farther farthest</p><p>far (degree, time) further furthest</p><p>little, many, much less, more least, most</p><p>� Exercise 1 Write in the blank the correct form of the modifier in parentheses.</p><p>The hiker came down with the [ worst case of poison ivy ever. (bad)</p><p>1. Janine’s performance in the play was [ better than Marilyn’s. (good)</p><p>2. This is the [ worst cold I’ve ever had. (bad)</p><p>3. Cory is [ more curious than Stella about biology. (much)</p><p>4. Helen’s kite went up [ the farthest or farthest of them all. (far)</p><p>5. She hurt her knee even [ worse in her second fall on the ice. (badly)</p><p>6. The Alien’s Revenge was the [ best movie in the festival. (good)</p><p>7. The aliens traveled [ further back in time than they had planned to. (far)</p><p>8. Carla’s band got the [ most cheers of all the entrants. (many)</p><p>9. Dolores adapted [ better to the new school than Gerardo did. (well)</p><p>10. With several intact levees, Oakdale had the [ least flooding of all the small towns</p><p>along the river. (little)</p><p>11. Sarah had [ more time for baby-sitting than Clara had. (much)</p><p>12. This book on Antarctic travel is the [ most exciting I’ve read. (much)</p><p>13. The house looks in [ worse shape than it did before the storm. (bad)</p><p>14. The students’ enthusiasm for the party was [ less than I expected. (little)</p><p>15. Gustavo spelled the [ best of all the competitors. (well)</p><p>16. Diana felt [ the worst of all after her team lost. (badly)</p><p>17. The baby ducks swam [ farther each day. (far)</p><p>18. Officials feared the flu outbreak would be the [ worst one yet. (bad)</p><p>19. Mr. Carver is [ worse than he was yesterday. (ill)</p><p>Unit 9, Using Modifiers Correctly 197</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>20. Holly explores astronomy [ further than I do. (far)</p><p>21. Is the band’s new song [ better than its last one? (good)</p><p>22. The spring flood was the [ worst in years. (bad)</p><p>23. Grandmother gets [ more joy from my letters than from my phone calls. (much)</p><p>24. The garage is the [ farthest our cat ever goes from the house. (far)</p><p>25. I feel [ worse than I did yesterday. (badly)</p><p>26. Jake puts his [ best energy into his music. (good)</p><p>27. I have nothing [ further to say. (far)</p><p>28. We picked six quarts of berries, the [ most ever. (many)</p><p>29. Mary completed her exercises in [ better shape than the rest of us. (good)</p><p>30. What’s the [ least we have to spend to get a new dishwasher? (little)</p><p>31. I got [ more answers right than wrong. (many)</p><p>32. Yolanda showed the [ most maturity of all. (much)</p><p>33. Both players limped, but Brad’s limp was [ worse . (bad)</p><p>34. I study [ best of all without the television on. (well)</p><p>35. Bankers suffered [ less than farmers in the Depression. (little)</p><p>36. The team played the [ worst game of the season. (bad)</p><p>37. The [ farther I hiked, the more my blister hurt. (far)</p><p>38. That company has the [ worst ads on TV. (bad)</p><p>39. I usually feel [ worse with the flu than with a cold. (bad)</p><p>40. The doctor looked [ further into the man’s medical history. (far)</p><p>� Writing Link Write a paragraph comparing two television programs. Use at least two modifiers</p><p>that have irregular comparative forms.</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>198 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>G</p><p>ra</p><p>m</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Unit 9, Using Modifiers Correctly 199</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Name ___________________________________________________ Class _________ Date ____________________</p><p>G</p><p>ram</p><p>m</p><p>ar</p><p>Lesson 63</p><p>Modifiers: Double and Incomplete Comparisons</p><p>A word’s comparison forms can use -er and -est or more(less) and most(least), but not both.</p><p>Incorrect: The lake is more larger than the pond.</p><p>Correct: The lake is larger than the pond.</p><p>Incorrect: The sequoia is the most largest tree.</p><p>Correct: The sequoia is the largest tree.</p><p>Use other or else to make your comparisons complete or clear.</p><p>Unclear: The town department store is larger than any building.</p><p>Clear: The town department store is larger than any other building.</p><p>Unclear: The scientist has more awards than anyone.</p><p>Clear: The scientist has more awards than anyone else.</p><p>Be sure your comparisons compare things that are alike.</p><p>Unclear: Rosa’s</p><p>refer to or to compare two separate nouns. Use among to show a</p><p>relationship in a group.</p><p>I could not choose between Harvard and Princeton. Who among the class knows me?</p><p>borrow, lend, loan Borrow is a verb meaning “to take something that must be returned.” Lend is a</p><p>verb meaning “to give something that must be returned.” Loan is a noun.</p><p>People borrow money from banks. Banks will lend money to approved customers.</p><p>People always must apply for a loan.</p><p>bring, take Use bring to show movement from a distant place to a closer one. Use take to show</p><p>movement from a nearby place to a more distant one.</p><p>Bring in the paper, and take out the trash.</p><p>can, may Can indicates the ability to do something. May indicates permission to do something.</p><p>Anyone can use a credit card, but only the cardholder may authorize it.</p><p>can’t hardly, can’t scarcely These terms are considered double negatives. Do not use them. Use</p><p>can hardly and can scarcely.</p><p>12 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>continual, continuous Continual describes repetitive action with pauses between occurrences.</p><p>Continuous describes an action that continues with no interruption in space or time.</p><p>We make continual trips to the grocery. Continuous energy from our sun lights the sky.</p><p>could of, might of, must of, should of, would of Do not use of after could, might, must, should, or</p><p>would. Instead, use the helping verb have.</p><p>That must have been the longest play ever!</p><p>different from, different than The expression different from is preferred to different than.</p><p>Baseball is different from the English sport of cricket.</p><p>doesn’t, don’t Doesn’t is the contraction of does not and should be used with all singular nouns.</p><p>Don’t is the contraction of do not and should be used with I, you, and all plural nouns.</p><p>My dog doesn’t like the mail carrier. Bobsled riders don’t take their job lightly.</p><p>emigrate, immigrate Use emigrate to mean “to move from one country to another.” Use immigrate</p><p>to mean “to enter a country to settle there.” Use from with emigrate and to with immigrate.</p><p>Refugees emigrate from war-torn countries. My great-grandfather immigrated to America.</p><p>farther, further Farther refers to physical distance. Further refers to time or degree.</p><p>Traveling farther from your home may further your understanding of different places.</p><p>fewer, less Use fewer to refer to nouns that can be counted. Use less to refer to nouns that cannot</p><p>be counted. Also use less to refer to figures used as a single amount or quantity.</p><p>If fewer crimes were committed, there would be less misery in the world.</p><p>The box measured less than 100 cm2.</p><p>good, well Good is an adjective, and well is an adverb.</p><p>That spot is a good place for a picnic. We dined well that day.</p><p>had of Do not use of between had and a past participle.</p><p>I wish I had eaten my sundae when I had the chance.</p><p>hanged, hung Use hanged to mean “put to death by hanging.” Use hung in all other cases.</p><p>In the Old West, many were convicted and hanged. I hung my coat on the hook.</p><p>in, into, in to Use in to mean “inside” or “within” and into to indicate movement or direction from</p><p>outside to a point within. In to is made up of an adverb (in) followed by a preposition (to).</p><p>The fish swim in the sea. We moved into a new house last year.</p><p>The student walked in to see the principal for a meeting.</p><p>irregardless, regardless Always use regardless. Irregardless is a double negative.</p><p>Root beer tastes great regardless of the brand.</p><p>this kind, these kinds Because kind is singular, it is modified by the singular form this or that.</p><p>Because kinds is plural, it is modified by the plural form these or those.</p><p>I love these kinds of desserts! I do not feel comfortable with this kind of situation.</p><p>lay, lie Lay means “to put” or “to place,” and it takes a direct object. Lie means “to recline” or “to</p><p>be positioned,” and it never takes an object.</p><p>I taught my dog to lay the paper at my feet and then lie on the ground.</p><p>learn, teach Learn means “to receive knowledge.” Teach means “to impart knowledge.”</p><p>I want to learn a new language and later teach it to others.</p><p>leave, let Leave means “to go away.” Let means “to allow” or “to permit.”</p><p>My guest had to leave because his parents do not let him stay up too late.</p><p>like, as Like is a preposition and introduces a prepositional phrase. As and as if are subordinating</p><p>Handbook 13</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>conjunctions and introduce subordinate clauses. Never use like before a clause.</p><p>I felt like a stuffed crab after the feast. The pigeons flew away, as they always do when scared.</p><p>loose, lose Use loose to mean “not firmly attached” and lose to mean “to misplace,” or “to fail to win.”</p><p>You don’t want to lose your nice pair of loose jeans.</p><p>passed, past Passed is the past tense and the past participle of the verb to pass. Past can be an</p><p>adjective, a preposition, an adverb, or a noun.</p><p>He passed the exit ramp because he could not see the sign past the bushes.</p><p>precede, proceed Precede means “to go or come before.” Proceed means “to continue.”</p><p>We can proceed with the plans. From a distance, lightning appears to precede thunder.</p><p>raise, rise Raise means “to cause to move upward,” and it always takes an object. Rise means “to</p><p>get up”; it is intransitive and never takes an object.</p><p>Raise the drawbridge! For some, it is difficult to rise in the morning.</p><p>reason is because Use either reason is that or because.</p><p>The reason he left is that he was bored. He left because he was bored.</p><p>respectfully, respectively Respectfully means “with respect.” Respectively means “in the order</p><p>named.”</p><p>We respectfully bowed to the audience.</p><p>Abla, Héctor, and Shelly, respectively, play first, second, and third base.</p><p>says, said Says is the third-person singular of say. Said is the past tense of say.</p><p>Listen carefully to what she says. I love what the keynote speaker said.</p><p>sit, set Sit means “to place oneself in a sitting position.” It rarely takes an object. Set means “to</p><p>place” or “to put” and usually takes an object. Set can also refer to the sun’s going down.</p><p>Sit anywhere you would like. Set the nozzle back in its slot before paying for the gas.</p><p>Today the sun will set at seven o’clock.</p><p>than, then Than is a conjunction that is used to introduce the second element in a comparison; it</p><p>also shows exception. Then is an adverb.</p><p>Julio hit more home runs than Jacob this year. Call for help first, and then start CPR.</p><p>this here, that there Avoid using here and there after this and that.</p><p>This bunk is yours.</p><p>who, whom Who is a subject, and whom is an object.</p><p>Who first sang the song “Memories”? To whom should I throw the ball now?</p><p>CAPITALIZATION</p><p>1. Capitalize the first word in a sentence, including direct quotes and sentences in parentheses</p><p>unless they are contained within another sentence.</p><p>Shakespeare asked, “What’s in a name?” (This is from Romeo and Juliet.)</p><p>2. Always capitalize the pronoun I no matter where it appears in a sentence.</p><p>Because I woke up late, I had to race to school.</p><p>3. Capitalize the following proper nouns.</p><p>a. Names of individuals, titles used in direct address or preceding a name, and titles describing</p><p>a family relationship used with a name or in place of a name.</p><p>President Nixon George Burns Sir Anthony Hopkins Uncle Jay Sis</p><p>14 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>b. Names of ethnic groups, national groups, political parties and their members, and languages</p><p>African Americans Mexicans Republican party Hebrew</p><p>c. Names of organizations, institutions, firms, monuments, bridges, buildings, and other</p><p>structures</p><p>National Honor Society Vietnam War Memorial Brooklyn Bridge Parliament</p><p>d. Trade names and names of documents, awards, and laws</p><p>Kleenex tissues Declaration of Independence Academy Award Bill of Rights</p><p>e. Geographical terms and regions or localities</p><p>North Carolina Arctic Ocean Nile River West Street</p><p>the South Central Park</p><p>f. Names of planets and other heavenly bodies</p><p>Jupiter Horsehead Nebula the Milky Way</p><p>g. Names of ships, planes, trains, and spacecraft</p><p>Challenger USS George Washington Spirit of St. Louis</p><p>h. Names of most historical events, eras, calendar items, and religious terms</p><p>Fourth of July Jurassic Gulf War Friday Yom Kippur Protestant</p><p>i. Titles of literary works, works of art, and musical compositions</p><p>“The Road Less Traveled” (poem) The Old Man and the Sea (book)</p><p>Venus de Milo (statue) The Magic Flute (opera)</p><p>4. Capitalize proper adjectives (adjectives formed from proper nouns).</p><p>Socratic method Jungian theory Chinese food Georgia clay Colombian coffee</p><p>PUNCTUATION, ABBREVIATIONS, AND NUMBERS</p><p>1. Use a period at the end of a declarative sentence and at the end of a polite command.</p><p>Robin Hood was a medieval hero. Pass the papers to the front.</p><p>2. Use an exclamation point to show strong feeling or to give a forceful command.</p><p>What a surprise that is! Watch out! That’s just what I need!</p><p>3. Use a question mark to indicate a direct question. Use a period to indicate an indirect question.</p><p>DIRECT: Who ruled France in 1821?</p><p>INDIRECT: Gamal wanted to know how much time was left before lunch.</p><p>4. Use a colon to introduce a list or to illustrate or restate previous material.</p><p>For my team, I choose the following people: Zina, Ming, and Sue.</p><p>In light of the data, the conclusion was not hard to obtain: Earth is not flat.</p><p>5. Use a colon for precise time measurements, biblical chapter and verse references, and business</p><p>letter salutations.</p><p>10:02 A.M. John 3:16 Dear Ms. Delgado:</p><p>6. Use a semicolon in the following situations:</p><p>a. To separate main clauses not joined by a coordinating conjunction</p><p>My computer isn’t working; perhaps I need to call a technician.</p><p>b. To separate main clauses joined by a conjunctive adverb or by for example or that is</p><p>Cancer is a serious disease; however, heart disease kills more people.</p><p>c. To separate items in a series when those items contain commas</p><p>I have done oral reports on Maya Angelou, a poet; Billy Joel, a singer; and Mario van</p><p>Peebles, a director and actor.</p><p>Handbook 15</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>d. To separate two main clauses joined by a coordinating conjunction when such clauses</p><p>already contain several commas</p><p>According to Bruce, he spent his vacation in Naples, Florida; but he said it was a</p><p>business, not a pleasure, trip.</p><p>7. Use a comma in the following situations:</p><p>a. To separate the main clauses of compound sentences</p><p>She was a slow eater, but she always finished her meal first.</p><p>b. To separate three or more words, phrases, or clauses in a series</p><p>Apples, oranges, grapefruit, and cherries are delicious.</p><p>c. To separate coordinate modifiers</p><p>The prom was a happy, exciting occasion.</p><p>d. To set off parenthetical expressions</p><p>He will, of course, stay for dinner. Mary, on the other hand, is very pleasant.</p><p>e. To set off nonessential clauses and phrases; to set off introductory adverbial clauses,</p><p>participial phrases, and long prepositional phrases.</p><p>Adjective clause: The bride, who is a chemist, looked lovely.</p><p>Appositive phrase: The parade, the longest I’ve ever seen, featured twelve bands.</p><p>Adverbial clause: After we had eaten, I realized my wallet was still in the car.</p><p>Participial phrase: Laughing heartily, Milan quickly left the room.</p><p>Prepositional phrase: At the sound of the final buzzer, the ball slid through the hoop.</p><p>f. To separate parts of an address, a geographical term, or a date</p><p>1640 Chartwell Avenue, Edina, Minnesota September 11, 1982</p><p>g. To set off parts of a reference</p><p>Read Slaughterhouse-Five, pages 15–20. Perform a scene from Hamlet, Act II.</p><p>h. To set off words or phrases of direct address and tag questions</p><p>Sherri, please pass the butter. How are you, my friend? We try hard, don’t we?</p><p>i. After the salutation and close of a friendly letter and after the close of a business letter</p><p>Dear Richard, Sincerely, Yours, Dear Mother,</p><p>8. Use dashes to signal a change in thought or to emphasize parenthetical matter.</p><p>“Remember to turn off the alarm—oh, don’t touch that!”</p><p>9. Use parentheses to set off supplemental material. Punctuate within the parentheses only if the</p><p>punctuation is part of the parenthetical expression.</p><p>I saw Bill Cosby (he is my favorite comedian) last night.</p><p>10. Use brackets to enclose information inserted by someone besides the original writer.</p><p>The paper continues, “The company knows he [Watson] is impressed.”</p><p>11. Ellipsis points, a series of three spaced points, indicate an omission of material.</p><p>The film critic said, “The show was great . . . a must see!”</p><p>12. Use quotation marks to enclose a direct quotation. When a quotation is interrupted, use two</p><p>sets of quotation marks. Use single quotation marks for a quotation within a quotation.</p><p>“This day,” the general said, “will live on in infamy.”</p><p>“Yes,” the commander replied. “The headlines today read, ‘Allies Retreat.’”</p><p>13. Use quotation marks to indicate titles of short works, unusual expressions, and definitions.</p><p>“The Gift of the Magi” (short story) “Ave Maria” (song)</p><p>Large speakers are called “woofers,” and small speakers are called “tweeters.”</p><p>14. Always place commas and periods inside closing quotations mark. Place colons and</p><p>semicolons outside closing quotation marks. Place question marks and exclamation points</p><p>inside closing quotation marks only when those marks are part of the quotation.</p><p>“Rafi told me,” John said, “that he could not go.”</p><p>Let me tell you about “Piano Man”: it is a narrative song.</p><p>He yelled, “Who are you?”</p><p>Did she say “Wait for me”?</p><p>15. Italicize (underline) titles of books, lengthy poems, plays, films, television series, paintings and</p><p>sculptures, long musical compositions, court cases, names of newspapers and magazines,</p><p>ships, trains, airplanes, and spacecraft.</p><p>The Last Supper (painting) Bang the Drum Slowly (film) Roe v. Wade (court case)</p><p>Titanic (ship) Time (magazine) Boston Globe (newspaper)</p><p>16. Italicize (underline) foreign words and expressions that are not used frequently in English and</p><p>words, letters, and numerals used to represent themselves.</p><p>Please discuss the phrase caveat emptor.</p><p>Today, Sesame Street was sponsored by the letters t and m and the number 6.</p><p>17. Add an apostrophe and -s to all singular indefinite pronouns, singular nouns, plural nouns not</p><p>ending in -s, and compound nouns to make them possessive. Add only an apostrophe to plural</p><p>nouns ending in -s to make them possessive.</p><p>anyone’s guess the dog’s leash the women’s club</p><p>students’ teacher singers’ microphones runners’ shoes</p><p>18. If two or more people possess something jointly, use the possessive form for the last person’s</p><p>name. If they possess things individually, use the possessive form for both names.</p><p>mom and dad’s checkbook Carmen’s and Sumil’s projects</p><p>19. Use a possessive form to express amounts of money or time that modify a noun.</p><p>a day’s pay fifty dollars’ worth a block’s walk</p><p>20. Use an apostrophe in place of omitted letters or numerals. Use an apostrophe and -s to form</p><p>the plural of letters, numerals, and symbols.</p><p>cannot is can’t do not is don’t 1978 is ’78</p><p>Mind your p’s and q’s.</p><p>21. Use a hyphen after any prefix joined to a proper noun or a proper adjective. Use a hyphen after</p><p>the prefixes all-, ex-, and self- joined to a noun or adjective, the prefix anti- joined to a word</p><p>beginning with i-, the prefix vice- (except in vice president), and the prefix re- to avoid</p><p>confusion between words that are spelled the same but have different meanings.</p><p>all-inclusive ex-wife self-reliance</p><p>anti-immigrant vice-principal re-call instead of recall</p><p>22. Use a hyphen in a compound adjective that precedes a noun. Use a hyphen in compound</p><p>numbers and in fractions used as adjectives.</p><p>a green-yellow jersey a red-hot poker jet-black hair</p><p>ninety-nine one-fifth cup of sugar</p><p>23. Use a hyphen to divide words at the end of a line.</p><p>daz-zle terri-tory Mediter-ranean</p><p>24. Use one period at the end of an abbreviation. If punctuation other than a period</p><p>ends the</p><p>sentence, use both the period and the other punctuation.</p><p>Bring me the books, papers, pencils, etc. Could you be ready at 2:00 P.M.?</p><p>16 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>25. Capitalize the abbreviations of proper nouns and some personal titles.</p><p>U.K. C.E.O. R. F. Kennedy B.C. A.D. Ph.D.</p><p>26. Abbreviate numerical measurements in scientific writing, but not in ordinary prose.</p><p>Measure 89 g into the crucible. Jim ran ten yards when he heard that dog barking!</p><p>27. Spell out cardinal and ordinal numbers that can be written in one and two words and those</p><p>that appear at the beginning of a sentence.</p><p>Five hundred people attended. I look forward to my eighteenth birthday.</p><p>28. Use numerals for dates; for decimals; for house, apartment, and room numbers; for street and</p><p>avenue numbers greater than ten; for sums of money involving both dollars and cents; and to</p><p>emphasize the exact time of day and with A.M. and P.M.</p><p>April 1, 1996 Room 251 $2.51 2:51 P.M.</p><p>29. Express all related numbers in a sentence as numerals if any one should be a numeral.</p><p>The subscriptions gradually rose from 10 to 116.</p><p>30. Spell out numbers that express decades, amounts of money that can be written in one or two</p><p>words, streets and avenues less than ten, and the approximate time of day.</p><p>the seventies fifty cents Fifth Avenue half past five</p><p>VOCABULARY AND SPELLING</p><p>1. Clues to the meaning of an unfamiliar word can be found in its context. Context clues include</p><p>definition, the meaning stated; example, the meaning explained through one familiar case;</p><p>comparison, similarity to a familiar word; contrast, opposite of a familiar word; and cause and</p><p>effect, a cause described by its effects.</p><p>2. Clues to the meaning of a word can be obtained from its base word, its prefix, or its suffix.</p><p>telegram gram = writing psychology psych = soul, mind</p><p>antibacterial anti = against biology -logy = study</p><p>3. The i comes before the e, except when both letters follow a c or when both letters are</p><p>pronounced together as an --a sound. However, many exceptions exist to this rule.</p><p>field (i before e) deceive (ei after c) reign (--a sound) weird (exception)</p><p>4. Most word endings pronounced s--ed are spelled -cede. In one word, supersede, the ending is</p><p>spelled -sede. In proceed, exceed, and succeed, the ending is spelled -ceed.</p><p>precede recede concede</p><p>5. An unstressed vowel sound is not emphasized when a word is pronounced. Determine the</p><p>spelling of this sound by comparing it to a known word.</p><p>hesitant (Compare to hesitate.) fantasy (Compare to fantastic.)</p><p>6. When adding a suffix that begins with a consonant to a word that ends in silent e, generally</p><p>keep the e. If the suffix begins with a vowel or y, generally drop the e. If the suffix begins with</p><p>a or o and the word ends in ce or ge, keep the e. If the suffix begins with a vowel and the word</p><p>ends in ee, or oe, keep the e.</p><p>encouragement scary changeable fleeing</p><p>7. When adding a suffix to a word ending in a consonant +y, change the y to i unless the suffix</p><p>begins with i. If the word ends in a vowel +y, keep the y.</p><p>heartiness readiness spying straying</p><p>Handbook 17</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>18 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>8. Double the final consonant before adding a suffix that begins with a vowel to a word that ends</p><p>in a single consonant preceded by a single vowel if the accent is on the root’s last syllable.</p><p>planned finned misfitted</p><p>9. When adding -ly to a word that ends in a single l, keep the l. If it ends in a double l, drop one l.</p><p>If it ends in a consonant +le, drop the le.</p><p>real becomes really dull becomes dully inexplicable becomes inexplicably</p><p>10. When adding -ness to a word that ends in n, keep the n.</p><p>leanness meanness greenness</p><p>11. When joining a word or prefix that ends in a consonant to a suffix or word that begins with a</p><p>consonant, keep both consonants.</p><p>quietness greatly redness</p><p>12. Most nouns form their plurals by adding -s. However, nouns that end in -ch, -s, -sh, -x, or -z</p><p>form plurals by adding -es. If the noun ends in a consonant +y, change y to i and add -es. If the</p><p>noun ends in -lf, change f to v and add -es. If the noun ends in -fe, change f to v and add -s.</p><p>cans churches faxes spies halves loaves</p><p>13. To form the plural of proper names and one-word compound nouns, follow the general rules</p><p>for plurals. To form the plural of hyphenated compound nouns or compound nouns of more</p><p>than one word, make the most important word plural.</p><p>Shatners Stockholders brothers-in-law Master Sergeants</p><p>14. Some nouns have the same singular and plural forms.</p><p>sheep species</p><p>COMPOSITION</p><p>Writing Themes and Paragraphs</p><p>1. Use prewriting to find ideas to write about. One form of prewriting, freewriting, starts with a</p><p>subject or topic and branches off into related ideas. Another way to find a topic is to ask and</p><p>answer questions about your starting subject, helping you to gain a deeper understanding of</p><p>your chosen topic. Also part of the prewriting stage is determining who your readers or</p><p>audience will be and deciding your purpose for writing. Your purpose—as varied as writing to</p><p>persuade, to explain, to describe something, or to narrate—is partially shaped by who your</p><p>audience will be, and vice versa.</p><p>2. To complete your first draft, organize your prewriting into an introduction, body, and</p><p>conclusion. Concentrate on unity and coherence of the overall piece. Experiment with different</p><p>paragraph orders: chronological order places events in the order in which they happened;</p><p>spatial order places objects in the order in which they appear; and compare/contrast order</p><p>shows similarities and differences in objects or events.</p><p>3. Revise your composition if necessary. Read through your draft, looking for places to improve</p><p>content and structure. Remember that varying your sentence patterns and lengths will make</p><p>your writing easier and more enjoyable to read.</p><p>4. In the editing stage, check your grammar, spelling, and punctuation. Focus on expressing your</p><p>ideas clearly and concisely.</p><p>5. Finally, prepare your writing for presentation. Sharing your composition, or ideas, with others</p><p>may take many forms: printed, oral, or graphic.</p><p>Outlining</p><p>1. The two common forms of outlines are sentence outlines and topic outlines. Choose one type of</p><p>outline and keep it uniform throughout.</p><p>2. A period follows the number or letter of each division. Each point in a sentence outline ends</p><p>with a period; the points in a topic outline do not.</p><p>3. Each point begins with a capital letter.</p><p>4. A point may have no fewer than two subpoints.</p><p>SENTENCE OUTLINE</p><p>I. This is the main point.</p><p>A. This is a subpoint of I.</p><p>1. This is a detail of A.</p><p>a. This is a detail of 1.</p><p>b. This is a detail of 1.</p><p>2. This is a detail of A.</p><p>B. This is a subpoint of I.</p><p>II. This is another main point.</p><p>Writing letters</p><p>1. Personal letters are usually handwritten in indented form (the first lines of paragraphs, each</p><p>line of the heading, the complimentary close, and the signature are indented). Business letters</p><p>are usually typewritten in block or semiblock form. Block form contains no indents; semiblock</p><p>form indents the heading, the complimentary close, and the signature.</p><p>2. The five parts of a personal letter are the heading (the writer’s address and the date), the</p><p>salutation (greeting), the body (message), the complimentary close (such as “Yours truly”), and</p><p>the signature (the writer’s name). The business letter has the same parts and also includes an</p><p>inside address (the recipient’s address).</p><p>PERSONAL LETTER BUSINESS LETTER</p><p>Handbook 19</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>andbook</p><p>TOPIC OUTLINE</p><p>I. Main point</p><p>A. Subpoint of I</p><p>1. Detail of A</p><p>a. Detail of 1</p><p>b. Detail of 1</p><p>2. Detail of A</p><p>B. Subpoint of I</p><p>II. Main point</p><p>____________</p><p>____________</p><p>____________</p><p>_______</p><p>________</p><p>__________</p><p>____________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>________________</p><p>_______</p><p>___________</p><p>Heading</p><p>Inside Address</p><p>Salutation</p><p>Body</p><p>Complimentary Close</p><p>Signature</p><p>____________</p><p>____________</p><p>____________</p><p>____________</p><p>_________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>_________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>_________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>__________________________</p><p>_______</p><p>___________</p><p>Heading</p><p>Salutation</p><p>Body</p><p>Complimentary Close</p><p>Signature</p><p>3. Reveal your personality and imagination in colorful personal letters. Keep business letters brief,</p><p>clear, and courteous.</p><p>4. Personal letters include letters to friends and family members. Thank-you notes and invitations</p><p>are personal letters that may be either formal or informal in style.</p><p>5. Use a letter of complaint to convey a concern. Begin the letter by telling what happened. Then</p><p>use supporting details as evidence. Complete the letter by explaining what you want done.</p><p>Avoid insults and threats, and make reasonable requests. Use a letter of request to ask for</p><p>information or to place an order of purchase. Be concise, yet give all the details necessary for</p><p>your request to be fulfilled. Keep the tone of your letter courteous and be generous in allotting</p><p>time for a response.</p><p>6. Use an opinion letter to take a firm stand on an issue. Make the letter clear, firm, rational, and</p><p>purposeful. Be aware of your audience, their attitude, how informed they are, and their possible</p><p>reactions to your opinion. Support your statements of opinion with facts.</p><p>7. Use a résumé to summarize your work experience, school experience, talents, and interests. Be</p><p>clear, concise, and expressive. Use a consistent form. You do not need to write in complete</p><p>sentences, but use as many action verbs as possible.</p><p>8. Use a cover letter as a brief introduction accompanying your résumé.</p><p>20 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>H</p><p>an</p><p>db</p><p>oo</p><p>k</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>frag Sentence Fragments 22</p><p>run-on Run-on Sentences 24</p><p>agr Lack of Subject-Verb Agreement 26</p><p>ant Lack of Agreement Between Pronoun and Antecedent 30</p><p>ref Unclear Pronoun References 32</p><p>pro Shifts in Pronouns 34</p><p>shift t Shift in Verb Tenses 35</p><p>tense Incorrect Verb Tenses or Forms 36</p><p>mod Misplaced or Dangling Modifiers 38</p><p>poss Misplaced or Missing Possessive Apostrophes 40</p><p>com Missing Commas with Nonessential Elements 42</p><p>s com Missing Commas in a Series 44</p><p>Troubleshooter 21</p><p>22 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Helen is a photographer and is becoming well-known for her work.</p><p>Alicia has a new computer, which is very powerful.</p><p>Combine the fragment with another sentence.</p><p>Sentence Fragments</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Fragment that lacks a subject</p><p>frag Ali baked a chocolate cake. Took it to the party.</p><p>frag Maria thought the comedian was funny. Laughed at his jokes.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Ali baked a chocolate cake. He took it to the party.</p><p>Maria thought the comedian was funny. She laughed at his jokes.</p><p>Make a complete sentence by adding a subject to the fragment.</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>Fragment that lacks a complete verb</p><p>frag Helen is a photographer. She becoming well-known for her work.</p><p>frag Alicia has a new computer. It very powerful.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>Helen is a photographer. She is becoming well-known for her work.</p><p>Alicia has a new computer. It is very powerful.</p><p>Make a complete sentence by adding a complete verb or a helping verb.</p><p>Troubleshooter 23</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Fragment that is a subordinate clause</p><p>frag Akira repaired the old boat. Because it was beautiful.</p><p>frag Jennifer has two race car magazines. Which she bought at the store.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>Akira repaired the old boat because it was beautiful.</p><p>Jennifer has two race car magazines, which she bought at the store.</p><p>Combine the fragment with another sentence.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Akira repaired the old boat. It was beautiful.</p><p>Jennifer has two race car magazines. She bought them at the store.</p><p>Make the fragment a complete sentence by removing the subordinating</p><p>conjunction or the relative pronoun and adding a subject or other words</p><p>necessary to make a complete thought.</p><p>PROBLEM 4</p><p>Fragment that lacks both subject and verb</p><p>frag The soft rustle of the trees makes me sleepy. In the afternoon.</p><p>frag The next morning. We talked about our adventure.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The soft rustle of the trees makes me sleepy in the afternoon.</p><p>The next morning, we talked about our adventure.</p><p>Make the fragment part of a sentence.</p><p>More help in avoiding sentence</p><p>fragments is available in Lesson 30.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>24 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>Comma splice—two main clauses separated only by a comma</p><p>run-on I don’t know where the oil paints are, they were over by the easel.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>I don’t know where the oil paints are. They were over by the easel.</p><p>Make two sentences by separating the first clause from the second with</p><p>end punctuation, such as a period or a question mark, and start the</p><p>second sentence with a capital letter.</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>I don’t know where the oil paints are; they were over by the easel.</p><p>Place a semicolon between the main clauses of the sentence.</p><p>SOLUTION C</p><p>I don’t know where the oil paints are, but they were over by the</p><p>easel.</p><p>Add a coordinating conjunction after the comma.</p><p>Run-on Sentences</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>No punctuation between two main clauses</p><p>run-on Deelra ran the hurdles in record time Shawna placed second.</p><p>SOLUTION A</p><p>Deelra ran the hurdles in record time. Shawna placed second.</p><p>Make two sentences out of the run-on sentence.</p><p>Troubleshooter 25</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Troubleshooter</p><p>SOLUTION B</p><p>Deelra ran the hurdles in record time; Shawna placed second.</p><p>Separate the main clauses with a semicolon.</p><p>SOLUTION C</p><p>Deelra ran the hurdles in record time, but Shawna placed second.</p><p>Add a comma and a coordinating conjunction between the main</p><p>clauses.</p><p>PROBLEM 3</p><p>Two main clauses without a comma before the coordinating</p><p>conjunction</p><p>run-on The robins usually arrive in the spring and they start building</p><p>nests at once.</p><p>run-on Emily won the scholarship last year but she decided not to</p><p>accept it.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The robins usually arrive in the spring, and they start building nests</p><p>at once.</p><p>Emily won the scholarship last year, but she decided not to accept it.</p><p>Separate the main clauses by adding a comma before the coordinating</p><p>conjunction.</p><p>More help in avoiding run-on</p><p>sentences is available in Lesson 31.</p><p>Need</p><p>More</p><p>Help?</p><p>agr The arrangement of those colorful pictures make a vivid, exciting</p><p>combination.</p><p>agr One of those big, gray seagulls have perched on the roof.</p><p>26 Glencoe Grammar and Language Workbook, Grade 11</p><p>C</p><p>op</p><p>yr</p><p>ig</p><p>h</p><p>t</p><p>©</p><p>b</p><p>y</p><p>G</p><p>le</p><p>n</p><p>co</p><p>e/</p><p>M</p><p>cG</p><p>ra</p><p>w</p><p>-H</p><p>il</p><p>l</p><p>Tr</p><p>ou</p><p>bl</p><p>es</p><p>ho</p><p>ot</p><p>er</p><p>PROBLEM 1</p><p>A prepositional phrase between a subject and its verb</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>The arrangement of those colorful pictures makes a vivid, exciting</p><p>combination.</p><p>One of those big, gray seagulls has perched on the roof.</p><p>Make the verb agree with the subject, not with the object of the</p><p>preposition.</p><p>Lack of Subject-Verb Agreement</p><p>PROBLEM 2</p><p>A predicate nominative differing in number from the subject</p><p>agr Fast-paced adventure movies was always Jenny’s choice.</p><p>SOLUTION</p><p>Fast-paced adventure movies were always Jenny’s choice.</p><p>Make the verb agree with the subject, not</p>